Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Discount Stores / Tuesday Morning

Tuesday Morning

tuem · OTC Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker tuem
Exchange OTC
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Discount Stores
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Tuesday Morning
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10‑K

(Mark One)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020

or

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 0‑19658

Tuesday Morning Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

75‑2398532
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

6250 LBJ Freeway
Dallas, Texas 75240
(972) 387‑3562
(Address, zip code and telephone number, including area code,
of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  Trading
Symbol
  TUESQ  

Name of each exchange on which registered
*

* As previously disclosed, on May 27, 2020, Tuesday Morning Corporation (the “Company”) was notified by the Listing Qualifications Department of The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) that
the Company’s common stock would be delisted from Nasdaq as a result of the Company’s filing of a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  On June 8,
2020, trading in the Company’s common stock on Nasdaq was suspended, and the Company’s common stock began trading on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “TUESQ”.  On July 1,
2020, Nasdaq filed a Form 25 with the SEC to delist the Company’s common stock.  The deregistration of the common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
“Exchange Act”) will be effective 90 days, or such shorter period as the SEC may determine, after filing of the Form 25. Upon deregistration of the common stock under Section 12(b) of the
Exchange Act, the common stock will remain registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ☐  No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ☐  No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months

(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  ☒  No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 Regulation S‑T during the preceding

12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  ☒  No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See

definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐
Non‑accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☒
Smaller reporting company ☒

Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting

standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under

Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Act).  Yes  ☐  No  ☒

The aggregate market value of shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non‑affiliates of the registrant at December 31, 2019 was approximately $66,809,834 based upon the

closing sale price on the Nasdaq Global Select Market reported for such date.

As of the close of business on September 10, 2020, there were 46,957,928 outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

None.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward‑Looking Statements
PART I

Table of Contents

Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

EXHIBIT INDEX

SIGNATURES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements
Tuesday Morning Corporation Consolidated Balance Sheets
Tuesday Morning Corporation Consolidated Statements of Operations
Tuesday Morning Corporation Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Tuesday Morning Corporation Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Tuesday Morning Corporation Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2

3

5
9
21
21
22
22

23
23
24
34
34
34
34
36
37

38
43
55
57
58

60
60
61

65
F‑1
F-2
F‑3
F‑4
F‑5
F‑6
F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward‑Looking Statements

This Form 10‑K contains forward‑looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws and the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995, which are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections. These statements may be found throughout this Form 10‑K,
particularly  under  the  headings  “Business”  and  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  among
others.  Forward‑looking  statements  typically  are  identified  by  the  use  of  terms  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “believe,”
“estimate,” “intend” and similar words, although some forward‑looking statements are expressed differently. You should consider statements that contain
these words or words that state other “forward‑looking” information carefully because they describe our current expectations, plans, strategies and goals
and our beliefs concerning future business conditions, future results of operations, future financial positions, and our current business outlook.  Forward
looking  statements  also  include  statements  regarding  the  Company’s  plans  with  respect  to  the  Chapter  11  Cases,  the  Company’s  plan  to  continue  its
operations while it works to complete the Chapter 11 process, the Company’s debtor-in-possession financings, the Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern, the Company’s plans for store closures and lease renegotiations, financial projections and other statements regarding the Company’s proposed
reorganization,  strategy,  future  operations,  performance  and  prospects,  sales  and  growth  expectations,  our  liquidity,  capital  expenditure  plans,  our
inventory management plans and merchandising and marketing strategies.

The terms “Tuesday Morning,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” as used in this Form 10‑K refer to Tuesday Morning Corporation and its

subsidiaries.

The  factors  listed  below  in  Item  1A.  under  the  heading  “Risk  Factors”  and  in  other  sections  of  this  Form  10‑K  provide  examples  of  risks,
uncertainties and events that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in our forward‑looking statements. These
risks, uncertainties and events also include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to obtain timely Bankruptcy Court approval with respect to motions filed in the Chapter 11 Cases;

the Bankruptcy Court’s rulings in the Chapter 11 Cases and the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases generally;

our ability to comply with the restrictions imposed by the terms of the Company’s debtor-in-possession financing agreements, including the
Company’s ability to maintain certain minimum liquidity requirements and obtain approval of a plan of reorganization or sale of all of its
assets by agreed upon deadlines;

the length of time that we will operate under Chapter 11 protection and the continued availability of operating capital during the pendency of
the Chapter 11 Cases;

our ability to continue to operate our business during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases;

employee attrition and our ability to retain senior management and other key personnel due to the distractions and uncertainties;

the effectiveness of the overall restructuring activities pursuant to the Chapter 11 Cases and any additional strategies we may employ to
address our liquidity and capital resources;

the actions and decisions of creditors and other third parties that have an interest in the Chapter 11 Cases;

risks associated with third parties seeking and obtaining authority to terminate or shorten the Company’s exclusivity period to propose and
confirm one or more plans of reorganization, for the appointment of a Chapter 11 trustee or to convert the Chapter 11 proceeding to a
Chapter 7 proceeding;

increased legal and other professional costs necessary to execute the Company’s restructuring;

our ability to maintain relationships with suppliers, customers, employees and other third parties as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases;

the trading price and volatility of the Company’s common stock and the effects of the delisting from The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”);

litigation and other risks inherent in a bankruptcy process;

the effects and length of the COVID-19 pandemic;

changes in economic and political conditions which may adversely affect consumer spending;

our ability to identify and respond to changes in consumer trends and preferences;

our ability to mitigate reductions of customer traffic in shopping centers where our stores are located;

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to continuously attract buying opportunities for off-price merchandise and anticipate consumer demand;

our ability to obtain merchandise on varying payment terms;

our ability to successfully manage our inventory balances profitably;

our ability to effectively manage our supply chain operations;

loss of, disruption in operations of, or increased costs in the operation of our distribution center facility;

unplanned loss or departure of one or more members of our senior management or other key management;

increased or new competition;

our ability to maintain and protect our information technology systems and technologies and related improvements to support our growth;

increases in fuel prices and changes in transportation industry regulations or conditions;

increases in the cost or a disruption in the flow of our imported products;

changes in federal tax policy including tariffs;

the success of our marketing, advertising and promotional efforts;

our ability to attract, train and retain quality employees in appropriate numbers, including key employees and management;

increased variability due to seasonal and quarterly fluctuations;

our ability to protect the security of information about our business and our customers, suppliers, business partners and employees;

our ability to comply with existing, changing and new government regulations;

our ability to manage risk to our corporate reputation from our customers, employees and other third parties;

our ability to manage litigation risks from our customers, employees and other third parties;

our ability to manage risks associated with product liability claims and product recalls;

the impact of adverse local conditions, natural disasters and other events;

our ability to manage the negative effects of inventory shrinkage;

our ability to manage exposure to unexpected costs related to our insurance programs;

increased costs or exposure to fraud or theft resulting from payment card industry related risk and regulations; and

our ability to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting.

The forward‑looking statements made in this Form 10‑K relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. Except as may be

required by law, we disclaim obligations to update any forward‑looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statements
were made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward‑looking statements.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.  Business

Business Overview

PART I

One of the original off-price retailers, Tuesday Morning is a leading destination for unique home and lifestyle goods. We were established in 1974
and specialize in name-brand, better/best products for the home. We are known for irresistible finds at an incredible value and we search the world for
amazing deals to bring to our customers.

We are an off-price retailer, selling high-quality products at prices generally below those found in boutique, specialty and department stores, catalogs
and on-line retailers. Our  customers  come  to  us  for  an  ever-changing,  exceptional  assortment  of  brand  names  at  great  prices.  Our  primary  merchandise
categories are upscale home textiles, home furnishings, housewares, gourmet food, pet supplies, bath and body products, toys and seasonal décor. We buy
our inventory opportunistically from a variety of sources including direct from manufacturer, through closeout sellers and occasionally other retailers. We
have strong supplier relationships and we strive to make it easy for our vendors to do business with us, so that they will come to us first. Our goods are
deeply-discounted, but never seconds or irregulars.

Our customer is a savvy shopper with a discerning taste for quality at a value. Our strong value proposition has established a loyal customer base,

who we engage regularly with social media, email, direct mail, digital media and newspaper circulars.

With 685 stores across the country as of June 30, 2020, we are in the neighborhood in convenient, accessible locations. Our store layout is clean and
simple, and the low-frills environment means we can pass even deeper savings on to our dedicated customer base. Our stores operate in both primary and
secondary locations of major suburban markets, near our middle and upper‑income customers. We are generally able to obtain favorable lease terms due to
our flexibility regarding site selection and our straightforward format, allowing us to use a wide variety of space configurations.

We operate our business as a single operating segment.

COVID-19 Pandemic, Bankruptcy Filing and Going Concern

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  will  continue  to  have,  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  store  traffic,  employee  availability,
financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  liquidity  and  cash  flow.   As  of  March  25,  2020,  we  temporarily  closed  all  of  our  stores  nationwide,  severely
reducing revenues and resulting in significant operating losses and the elimination of substantially all operating cash flow. Stores have gradually reopened
as  allowed  by  state  and  local  jurisdictions,  and  all  but  two  of  our  stores  had  re-opened  by  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year.    The  scope  and  duration  of  this
pandemic and the related disruption to our business and financial impacts cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Bankruptcy Filing and Going Concern

•

•

•

•

On May 27, 2020 (the “Petition Date”), we filed voluntary petitions (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code  (the  “Bankruptcy  Code”)  in  the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Texas,  Dallas  Division  (the  “Bankruptcy
Court”). The Chapter 11 Cases are being jointly administered for procedural purposes.

We will continue to operate our businesses as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

After we filed our Chapter 11 Cases, the Bankruptcy Court granted certain relief requested by us enabling us to conduct our business activities in
the ordinary course, including, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions of such orders, authorizing us to pay employee wages
and benefits, to pay taxes and certain governmental fees and charges, to continue to operate our cash management system in the ordinary course,
and  to  pay  the  pre-petition  claims  of  certain  of  our  vendors.  For  goods  and  services  provided  following  the  Petition  Date,  we  intend  to  pay
vendors in full under normal terms.  See Note 3 - “Debt” and Note 12 – “Subsequent Events” to the consolidated financial statements herein for a
discussion of our debtor-in-possession financing agreements.

Subject to certain exceptions, under the Bankruptcy Code, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases automatically enjoined, or stayed, the continuation
of most judicial or administrative proceedings or filing of other actions against us or our property to recover, collect or secure a claim arising
prior to the Petition Date. Accordingly, although the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases triggered defaults under our funded debt obligations, creditors
were stayed from taking any actions against us as a result of such defaults, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement are subject to the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Court orders modifying the stay, including the order of the Bankruptcy Court approving
the DIP ABL Facility (as defined below). Absent an order of the Bankruptcy Court, substantially all of our pre-petition liabilities are subject to
settlement under the Bankruptcy Code.

5

 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

On June 9, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court issued an order approving procedures for the closure of up to 230 of our store locations.  In early June,
we commenced the process to close 132 store locations in a first wave of store closings.  By the end of July, all of these stores were permanently
closed.  In mid-July 2020, we began the process to close an additional 65 stores following negotiations with our landlords.  We also expect to
close  our  Phoenix,  Arizona  distribution  center  in  early  fiscal  2021.  In  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  we  recorded  impairment  and
abandonment charges of $105.2 million related to the permanent store and Phoenix distribution center closing plan, as discussed in Note 1 in the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.    

We have concluded that our financial condition and our projected operating results, our need to satisfy certain financial and other covenants in
our  debtor-in-possession  financing,  our  need  to  implement  a  restructuring  plan  and  receive  new  financing,  and  the  risks  and  uncertainties
surrounding  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  the  Chapter  11  Cases  raise  substantial  doubt  as  to  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.   We
believe  that  our  plans,  already  implemented  and  continuing  to  be  implemented,  will  mitigate  the  conditions  and  events  that  raised  substantial
doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  However, due to the uncertainty around the scope and duration of the COVID-19
pandemic and the related disruption to our business and financial impacts, and because our plans, including those in connection with the Chapter
11  Cases,  are  not  yet  finalized,  fully  executed,  or  approved  by  the  Bankruptcy  Court,  they  cannot  be  deemed  probable  of  mitigating  this
substantial doubt.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that would result if the Company was unable to realize
its assets and settle its liabilities as a going concern in the ordinary course of business.

For  the  duration  of  the  Chapter  11  Cases,  our  operations  and  ability  to  develop  and  execute  our  business  plan  are  subject  to  the  risks  and
uncertainties associated with the Chapter 11 process as described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” As  a  result  of  these  risks  and  uncertainties,  the
amount and composition of our assets, liabilities, officers and/or directors could be significantly different following the outcome of the Chapter
11 proceedings, and the description of our operations, properties, liquidity and capital resources included in this annual report may not accurately
reflect our operations, properties, liquidity and capital resources following the Chapter 11 process.

As  a  result  of  the  filing  of  the  Chapter  11  Cases,  the  Company’s  common  stock  was  delisted  from  trading  on  Nasdaq,  and  the  Company’s
common stock now trades over the counter in the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “TUESQ”.

Business Strategy  

In fiscal 2020, we focused on resetting our merchandise strategy to our heritage of being an off-price retailer. We edited our assortment and drove
our merchandising efforts to deliver our customers a treasure hunt and strong values that are representative of the off price marketplace. Additionally, we
worked to improve our supply chain efficiency, working capital management and inventory turns, and continued to optimize our marketing effectiveness,
cost controls and infrastructure.

We adjusted our strategy in the spring of fiscal 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and significant disruption to our business, which led to
the  filing  of  our  Chapter  11  Cases.    For  the  duration  of  fiscal  2020,  our  focus  was  on  safeguarding  our  assets,  preserving  liquidity,  managing  through
bankruptcy proceedings, and planning for our anticipated emergence.

Competition & Seasonality

We believe the principal factors by which we compete are value, brand names, breadth and quality of our product offerings. Our prices are generally
below  those  of  department  and  specialty  stores,  catalog  and  on‑line  retailers  and  we  offer  a  broad  assortment  of  high‑end,  first  quality,  brand-name
merchandise. We currently compete against a diverse group of retailers, including department, discount and specialty stores, e‑commerce and catalog retailers
and  mass  merchants,  which  sell,  among  other  products,  home  furnishings,  housewares  and  related  products.  We  also  compete  in  particular  markets  with  a
substantial number of retailers that specialize in one or more types of home furnishing and houseware products that we sell. Some of these competitors have
substantially  greater  financial  resources  that  may,  among  other  things,  increase  their  ability  to  purchase  inventory  at  lower  costs  or  to  initiate  and  sustain
aggressive price competition.

Our business is subject to seasonality, with a higher level of our net sales and operating income generated during the quarter ending December 31,
which includes the holiday shopping season. Net sales in the quarters ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 accounted for approximately 37%, 34%
and  33%  of  our  annual  net  sales  for  fiscal  years  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.    The  rate  for  fiscal  2020  is  impacted  by  the  reduced  annual  sales
achieved due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in reduced sales in the second half of our fiscal year.

6

 
 
 
 
 
Working Capital Items

Because  of  the  seasonal  nature  of  our  business,  our  working  capital  needs  are  greater  in  the  months  leading  up  to  our  peak  sales  period  from
Thanksgiving  to  the  end  of  December.  Historically,  the  increase  in  working  capital  needs  during  this  time  was  financed  with  cash  flow  provided  by
operations and our revolving credit facility. See Liquidity and Capital Resources section in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations for additional information, including information regarding our debtor-in-possession financing agreements, which are
(1) the Senior Secured Super Priority Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement (the “DIP ABL Credit Agreement”) among the Company, JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, for itself and other lenders, which provides for a super priority secured debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility in
an aggregate amount of up to $100 million (the “DIP ABL Facility”), and (2) the Senior Secured Super Priority Debtor-In-Possession Delayed Draw Term
Loan Agreement (the “DIP DDTL Agreement”) with the Franchise Group, Inc., which provides for delayed draw term loans up to an aggregate principal
amount of $25 million (the “DIP Term Facility”).

Inventory  is  one  of  the  largest  assets  on  our  balance  sheet.  Efficient  inventory  management  is  a  key  component  of  our  business  success  and
profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels to meet our customers’ demands while keeping the inventory fresh and turning
the inventory appropriately to optimize profitability.

Purchasing

We provide an outlet for manufacturers and other sources looking for effective ways to reduce excess inventory resulting from order cancellations
by retailers, manufacturing overruns, bankruptcies and excess capacity. Since our inception, we have not experienced significant difficulty in obtaining first
quality, brand-name off‑price merchandise in adequate volumes and at competitive prices. We utilize a mix of both domestic and international suppliers.
We generally pay our suppliers timely and generally do not request special consideration for markdowns, advertising or returns. During fiscal 2020, our top
ten vendors accounted for approximately 10.7% of total purchases, with no single vendor accounting for more than 1.6% of total purchases.

Low Cost Operations

It  is  our  goal  to  operate  with  a  low  cost  structure  in  comparison  to  many  other  retailers.  We  place  great  emphasis  on  expense  management

throughout the Company. Our stores have a “no frills” format and we are flexible in our site selection in order to maintain favorable lease terms.

Customer Shopping Experience

While  we  offer  a  “no  frills”  format  in  our  stores,  we  have  made  progress  in  reorganizing  and  refreshing  our  stores  to  enhance  our  customers’
shopping experience. We offer a flexible return policy and we accept all major payment methods including cash, checks, all major credit cards, gift cards
and digital wallets. We continue to work on initiatives we believe will enhance our customers’ shopping experience.

Distribution Network

In fiscal 2020, we utilized 1.2 million square feet of distribution center facilities in Dallas, Texas and a 0.6 million square foot distribution center in
Phoenix, Arizona, along with bypass facilities and a network of pool point facilities throughout the country which service all of our stores throughout the
United States. The Phoenix distribution center commenced operations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. We shipped approximately 98 million units
to our stores during fiscal 2020, a significant reduction from the prior year, impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.  In fiscal 2020, as the next step in our
supply chain strategy, we began the retrofit of our existing Dallas-based distribution facility to accommodate our distribution requirements for our existing
store base as well as for planned future growth.  Due to the impacts of COVID-19, the retrofit of the Dallas distribution center was ceased in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2020.  We also reached the decision in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 to close our Phoenix distribution center and consolidate operations
in our Dallas-based facility, which we expect to be completed in early fiscal 2021.

Pricing

Our  pricing  policy  is  to  sell  merchandise  generally  below  retail  prices  charged  by  department  and  specialty  stores,  catalog  and  on‑line  retailers.
Prices are determined centrally and are initially uniform at all of our stores. Once a price is determined for a particular item, labels displaying two‑tiered
pricing  are  affixed  to  the  product.  A  typical  price  tag  displays  a  “Compare  At”  or  “Compare  Estimated  Value”  price,  and  “Our  Price”.  Our  buyers
determine  and  verify  retail  “Compare  At”  or  “Compare  Estimated  Value”  prices  by  reviewing  prices  published  in  advertisements,  catalogs,  on‑line  and
manufacturers’ suggested retail price lists and by visiting department or specialty stores selling similar merchandise. Our information systems provide daily
sales  and  inventory  information,  which  enables  us  to  evaluate  our  prices  and  inventory  levels  and  to  adjust  prices  on  unsold  merchandise  in  a  timely
manner  and  on  a  periodic  basis  as  dictated  by  sales  volumes  and  incoming  purchases,  thereby  effectively  managing  our  inventory  levels  and  offering
competitive pricing.

7

 
Employees

As of June 30, 2020, we employed 1,555 persons on a full‑time basis and 5,878 persons on a part‑time basis, which is a significant reduction from
the prior year due to the impacts of COVID-19 and a resulting reduction in force we implemented in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. Our employees are
not represented by any labor unions. We have not experienced any work stoppage due to labor disagreements, and we believe that our employee relations
are strong.

Intellectual Property

The trade name “Tuesday Morning” is material to our business. We have registered the name “Tuesday Morning” as a service mark with the United
States  Patent  and  Trademark  office.  We  have  also  registered  other  trademarks  including  but  not  limited  to  “Tuesday  Morning  Perks®”.    Solely  for
convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Form 10‑K may appear without the ® or tm symbols, but such references are not intended to
indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the rights of the applicable licensor, to these trademarks
and trade names.

Corporate Information

Tuesday Morning Corporation is a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991. Our principal executive offices are located at 6250 LBJ Freeway,

Dallas, Texas 75240, and our telephone number is (972) 387‑3562.

We  maintain  a  website  at  www.tuesdaymorning.com.  Copies  of  our  Annual  Reports  on  Form  10‑K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10‑Q,  Current
Reports on Form 8‑K and any amendments to such reports filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) are available
free  of  charge  on  our  website  under  the  Investor  Relations  section  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  such  reports  and
amendments with, or furnish them to, the SEC.  In addition, the SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, which contains the reports, proxy and information
statements and other information which we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.

In addition, the SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, which contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information which

we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.

Stores and Store Operations

Store Locations.  As of June 30, 2020, we operated 685 stores in the following 39 states:

State
Alabama
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Delaware
Florida
Georgia
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi

# of Stores

  State
20    Missouri
21    Nebraska
12    Nevada
56    New Jersey
20    New Mexico
3    New York

63    North Carolina
31    North Dakota

5    Ohio

12    Oklahoma
13    Oregon

5    Pennsylvania
8    South Carolina
11    Tennessee
15    Texas
14    Utah

1    Virginia
6    Washington
7    Wisconsin

14   

8

# of Stores

18 
3 
6 
10 
6 
9 
29 
1 
17 
12 
10 
18 
19 
22 
109 
6 
33 
14 
6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Site Selection. We continue  to  evaluate  our  current  store  base  for  potential  enhancement  or  relocation  of  our  store  locations.  As  a  result  of  this
ongoing evaluation, we intend to pursue attractive relocation opportunities in our existing store base, close certain stores by allowing leases to expire for
underperforming stores or where alternative locations in similar trade areas are not available at acceptable lease rates, and, when appropriate, open new
stores. For both new stores and relocations, we negotiate for upgraded sites. As a result of the disruption to our business from the pandemic, and as part of
our reorganization, we have accelerated the closure of a significant number of stores, as described above.  Additionally, we have reviewed all of our leases
and renegotiated the terms, with favorable outcomes for many of our leases.  We believe that this strategy will better position us for long‑term profitable
growth.

Store Leases.  We lease substantially all store locations under operating leases. Our existing store leases generally are for an initial term of five to
ten years with two five-year renewal options and, in limited circumstances, our store leases involve a tenant allowance for leasehold improvements. We
record rent expense ratably over the life of the lease beginning with the date we take possession of or have the right to use the premises, and if our leases
provide for a tenant allowance, we record the landlord reimbursement as a liability and ratably amortize the liability as a reduction to rent expense over the
lease term beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. Leases for new stores also typically allow us the
ability to terminate a lease after approximately 60 months if store sales do not reach a stipulated amount stated in the lease. As a result, we generally do not
operate locations with continued store‑level operating losses for an extended period of time. As a result of the disruption to our business from the COVID-
19  pandemic,  we  have  reviewed  all  of  our  leases  and  renegotiated  the  terms  of  many  of  our  leases,  obtaining  more  favorable  terms.    New  leases  and
amendments to existing leases are often for shorter terms than historically.  

Store Layout. Our site selection process and “no frills” approach to presenting merchandise allow us to use a wide variety of space configurations.
The  size  of  our  stores  ranges  from  approximately  6,000  to  30,000  square  feet,  averaging  on  a  per  store  basis  approximately  12,400  square  feet  as  of
June  30,  2020.    Historically,  we  have  designed  our  stores  to  be  functional,  with  less  emphasis  placed  upon  fixtures  and  leasehold  aesthetics.  With  our
current  real  estate  strategy,  we  continue  to  be  focused  on  designing  a  very  functional,  easy  to  shop  environment  that  also  highlights  the  quality  of  the
merchandise. We display all merchandise on counters, shelves, or racks while maintaining minimum inventory in our stockrooms.

Store Operations.  Our stores are generally open seven days a week, excluding certain holidays. As noted above, we temporarily closed all stores as
of March 25, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and began the process to re-open in late April, and continued re-opening stores on a rolling basis with
modified  operating  hours  as  appropriate.    By  June  15,  2020,  we  had  reopened  all  but  two  of  our  687  store  locations,  and  those  stores  have  since  been
permanently closed.  The timing and frequency of shipments of merchandise to our stores results in efficiency of receiving and restocking activities at our
stores. The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in significant disruption to the inventory flow to our stores.  We attempt to align our part‑time employees’ labor
hours with anticipated workload and with current sales. We generally conduct annual physical counts of our store merchandise staggered throughout the
second half of our fiscal year. In the second half of fiscal 2020, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic including our temporary store closures, we
conducted physical inventories at a portion of our stores sufficient to validate the existence of inventory in our stores and the accuracy of our estimated
shrink reserve rate.  

Store Management.  Each store has a manager who is responsible for recruiting, training and supervising store personnel and assuring that the store
is managed in accordance with our established guidelines and procedures. Store managers are full‑time employees. Our store managers are supported by
district  and  regional  level  support.  Store  managers  are  responsible  for  centrally-directed  store  disciplines  and  routines.  The  store  manager  is  assisted
primarily  by  part‑time  employees  who  generally  serve  as  assistant  managers  and  cashiers,  and  help  with  merchandise  stocking  efforts.  Members  of  our
management visit selected stores routinely to review inventory levels and merchandise presentation, personnel performance, expense controls, security and
adherence  to  our  policies  and  procedures.  In  addition,  district  and  regional  field  managers  periodically  meet  with  senior  management  to  review  store
policies and discuss purchasing, merchandising, advertising and other operational issues.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Our  business  is  subject  to  significant  risks,  including  the  risks  and  uncertainties  described  below.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  and  the  other
information in this Form 10‑K, including our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements, should be carefully considered. If any of
the events described below actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected in a material way.

9

 
Risks Related to Our Business

As a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, we are subject to the risks and uncertainties associated with bankruptcy proceedings, and operating
under Chapter 11 may restrict our ability to pursue strategic and operational initiatives.

For the duration of the Chapter 11 Cases, our operations and our ability to execute our business strategy will be subject to the risks and uncertainties

associated with bankruptcy.  These risks include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to obtain timely Bankruptcy Court approval with respect to motions filed in the Chapter 11 Cases;

the Bankruptcy Court’s rulings in the Chapter 11 Cases and the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases generally;

our ability to comply with the restrictions imposed by the terms of the DIP ABL Facility and the DIP Term Facility, including the Company’s
ability to maintain certain minimum liquidity requirements, complete the DIP Term Facility, and obtain approval of a plan of reorganization or
sale of all of its assets by agreed upon deadlines;

the length of time that we will operate under Chapter 11 protection and the continued availability of operating capital during the pendency of the
Chapter 11 Cases;

our ability to continue to operate our business during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases;

employee attrition and our ability to retain senior management and other key personnel due to the distractions and uncertainties;

the effectiveness of the overall restructuring activities pursuant to the Chapter 11 Cases and any additional strategies we may employ to address
our liquidity and capital resources;

the actions and decisions of creditors and other third parties that have an interest in the Chapter 11 Cases;

risks  associated  with  third  parties  seeking  and  obtaining  authority  to  terminate  or  shorten  the  Company’s  exclusivity  period  to  propose  and
confirm one or more plans of reorganization, for the appointment of a Chapter 11 trustee or to convert the Chapter 11 proceeding to a Chapter 7
proceeding;

increased legal and other professional costs necessary to execute the Company’s restructuring;

our ability to maintain relationships with suppliers, customers, employees and other third parties as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases;

the trading price and volatility of the Company’s common stock and the effects of the delisting from Nasdaq; and

litigation and other risks inherent in a bankruptcy process.

Because of the risks and uncertainties associated with the Chapter 11 Cases, we cannot predict or quantify the ultimate impact that events occurring
during the Chapter 11 process may have on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and there is substantial doubt as to our ability to
continue as a going concern.  We believe that our plans, already implemented and continuing to be implemented, will mitigate the conditions and events
that have raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  However, due to the uncertainty around the scope and duration
of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related disruption to our business and financial impacts, and because our plans, including those in connection with the
Chapter 11 Cases, are not yet finalized, fully executed, or approved by the Bankruptcy Court, they cannot be deemed probable of mitigating this substantial
doubt.

Our common stock has been delisted from trading on Nasdaq, and is traded only in the over-the-counter market, which could negatively affect our
stock price and liquidity. Additionally, trading in our securities during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases is highly speculative and poses substantial
risks.  Trading prices for the Company’s common stock may bear little or no relationship to the actual recovery, if any, by holders of the Company’s
common stock in the Chapter 11 Cases.

On  May  27,  2020,  the  Company  received  a  letter  from  the  Listing  Qualifications  Department  staff  of  The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  (“Nasdaq”)
notifying it that, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rules 5101, 5110(b) and IM-5101-1, Nasdaq determined that
the Company’s common stock would be delisted from Nasdaq.  On June 8, 2020, trading in the Company’s common stock on Nasdaq was suspended. On
July 1, 2020, Nasdaq filed a Form 25 with the SEC to delist the Company’s common stock and the delisting was effective 10 days thereafter.  

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  June  8,  2020,  the  Company’s  common  stock  began  trading  on  the  OTC  Pink  marketplace  under  the  symbol  “TUESQ”.  The  Company  can
provide  no  assurance  that  the  Company’s  common  stock  will  continue  to  trade  on  this  market,  whether  broker-dealers  will  continue  to  provide  public
quotes of the Company’s common stock on this market, whether the trading volume of the Company’s common stock will be sufficient to provide for an
efficient trading market or whether quotes for the Company’s common stock will continue on this market in the future. The Company cautions that trading
in  the  Company’s  common  stock  during  the  pendency  of  the  Chapter  11  Cases  is  highly  speculative  and  poses  substantial  risks.  Trading  prices  for  the
Company’s common stock may bear little or no relationship to the actual recovery, if any, by holders of the Company’s common stock in the Chapter 11
Cases.

The pursuit of the Chapter 11 Cases has consumed and will continue to consume a substantial portion of the time and attention of our management,
which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and we may face increased levels of employee attrition.

While the Chapter 11 Cases continue, our management will be required to spend a significant amount of time and effort focusing on the cases.  This
diversion  of  attention  may  materially  adversely  affect  the  conduct  of  our  business,  and,  as  a  result,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,
particularly if the Chapter 11 Cases are protracted.

During the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, our employees will face considerable distraction and uncertainty and we may experience increased
levels of employee attrition.  A loss of key personnel or material erosion of employee morale could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to meet
customer expectations, thereby adversely affecting our business and results of operations.  The failure to retain or attract members of our management team
and other key personnel could impair our ability to execute our strategy and implement operational initiatives, thereby having a material adverse effect on
our financial condition and results of operations.

If we are not able to confirm a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization or liquidation or are not able to consummate a sale of the Company or certain of its
material assets pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, we could be required to liquidate under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Company intends to pursue, among other things, a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization or the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all assets of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code.  If we are not able to confirm a plan
of reorganization or liquidation or consummate a Section 363 sale, we could be forced to liquidate under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Upon a showing of cause, the Bankruptcy Court may convert the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In such
event,  a  Chapter  7  trustee  would  be  appointed  or  elected  to  liquidate  our  assets  for  distribution  in  accordance  with  the  priorities  established  by  the
Bankruptcy Code.  We believe that liquidation under Chapter 7 would result in significantly smaller distributions being made to our creditors than those
provided for in a Chapter 11 sale because of (i) the likelihood that the assets would have to be sold or otherwise disposed of in a distressed fashion over a
short period of time rather than in a controlled manner and as a going concern, (ii) additional administrative expenses involved in the appointment of a
Chapter 7 trustee, and (iii) additional expenses and claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, that would be generated during the liquidation and
from the rejection of leases and other executory contracts in connection with a cessation of operations.

There can be no assurance that our current cash position and amounts of cash from future operations will be sufficient to fund operations. In the
event that we do not have sufficient cash to meet our liquidity requirements, and our current financing is insufficient or exit financing is not available, we
may  be  required  to  seek  additional  financing.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  additional  financing  would  be  available,  or,  if  available,  would  be
available on acceptable terms.  Failure to secure any necessary exit financing or additional financing would have a material adverse effect on our operations
and ability to continue as a going concern.

If  we  pursue  a  Chapter  11  plan  of  reorganization,  our  post-bankruptcy  capital  structure  is  yet  to  be  determined,  and  any  changes  to  our  capital
structure may have a material adverse effect on existing debt and security holders.

If we pursue a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization, our post-bankruptcy capital structure will be set pursuant to a plan that requires Bankruptcy Court
approval.  Any reorganization of our capital structure may include exchanges of new debt or equity securities for our existing securities, and such new debt
or equity securities may be issued at different interest rates, payment schedules and maturities than our existing creditors.  The success of a reorganization
through any such exchanges or modifications will depend on approval by the Bankruptcy Court and the willingness of existing security holders to agree to
the exchange or modification, and there can be no guarantee of success.  If such exchanges or modifications are successful, holders of our debt may find
their  holdings  no  longer  have  any  value  or  are  materially  reduced  in  value,  or  they  may  be  converted  to  equity  and  be  diluted  or  may  be  modified  or
replaced by debt with a principal amount that is less than the outstanding principal amount, longer maturities and reduced interest rates.  There can be no
assurance that any new debt or equity securities will maintain their value at the time of issuance.  If existing debt or equity holders are adversely affected by
a reorganization, it may adversely affect our ability to issue new debt or equity in the future.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any plan of reorganization that we may implement will be based in large part upon assumptions and analyses developed by us. If these assumptions
and analyses prove to be incorrect, our plan may be unsuccessful in its execution.

Any  plan  of  reorganization  that  we  may  implement  could  affect  both  our  capital  structure  and  the  ownership,  structure  and  operation  of  our
businesses and will reflect assumptions and analyses based on our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future
developments,  as  well  as  other  factors  that  we  consider  appropriate  under  the  circumstances.    Whether  actual  future  results  and  developments  will  be
consistent with our expectations and assumptions depends on a number of factors, including but not limited to (i) our ability to change substantially our
capital structure; (ii) our ability to obtain adequate liquidity and financing sources; (iii) our ability to maintain customers’ confidence in our viability as a
continuing entity and to attract and retain sufficient business from them; (iv) our ability to obtain merchandise; (v) our ability to retain key employees, and
(vi) the overall strength and stability of general economic conditions. The failure of any of these factors could materially adversely affect the successful
reorganization of our businesses.

In addition, any plan of reorganization will rely upon financial projections, including with respect to revenues, EBITDA, capital expenditures, debt
service and cash flow.  Financial forecasts are necessarily speculative, and it is likely that one or more of the assumptions and estimates that are the basis of
these financial forecasts will not be accurate.  In our case, the forecasts will be even more speculative than normal, because they may involve fundamental
changes  in  the  nature  of  our  capital  structure.   Accordingly,  we  expect  that  our  actual  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  will  differ,  perhaps
materially,  from  what  we  have  anticipated.    Consequently,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  results  or  developments  contemplated  by  any  plan  of
reorganization  we  may  implement  will  occur  or,  even  if  they  do  occur,  that  they  will  have  the  anticipated  effects  on  us  and  our  subsidiaries  or  our
businesses  or  operations.   The  failure  of  any  such  results  or  developments  to  materialize  as  anticipated  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  successful
execution of any plan of reorganization.

We may be unable to comply with restrictions imposed by our DIP ABL Facility and DIP Term Facility.

The DIP ABL Facility and the DIP Term Facility contain customary affirmative and negative covenants for debtor-in-possession financings, which
include, among other things, restrictions on (i) indebtedness, (ii) liens, (iii) mergers, consolidations and dispositions, (iv) affiliate transactions, (v) changes
in the nature of our businesses, (vi) dividends, distributions, and other restricted payments, (vii) the use of loan proceeds and cash on hand, (viii) entering
into agreements that restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends or distributions or that restrict us or our subsidiaries from granting security interests
and other liens, (ix) advances, loans and investments, and (x) transactions with respect to our subsidiaries.  In addition, the DIP ABL Facility requires us to,
among other things, maintain certain minimum liquidity requirements, and receive approval of a plan of reorganization or sale of substantially all of our
assets through the Chapter 11 process pursuant to certain agreed upon deadlines. Our ability to comply with these provisions may be affected by events
beyond our control and our failure to comply could result in an event of default under the DIP ABL Facility and DIP Term Facility.  On September 8, 2020,
the lenders under the DIP ABL Facility agreed to extend the deadline contained in the court order approving the DIP ABL Credit Agreement for filing a
plan of reorganization or motion to sell substantially all of our assets to September 17, 2020.  On September 9, 2020, the committee for the unsecured
creditors in the Chapter 11 Cases filed an objection with the Bankruptcy Court asserting the extension was not valid.  The Company believes the objection
is without merit and intends to vigorously oppose the objection.

We have substantial liquidity needs and may not be able to obtain sufficient liquidity during the pendency of the Chapter 11 proceedings or to confirm a
plan of reorganization or liquidation.

In  addition  to  the  cash  requirements  necessary  to  fund  ongoing  operations,  we  have  incurred,  and  expect  to  continue  to  incur,  significant
professional fees and other costs in connection with our Chapter 11 proceedings.  While we believe the DIP ABL Facility and the DIP Term Facility will
provide sufficient liquidity to fund anticipated cash requirements through the Chapter 11 proceedings, there can be no assurance that our liquidity will be
sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations related to the Chapter 11 Cases or to pursue confirmation of a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization or plan of
liquidation.  We can provide no assurance that we will be able to secure additional interim financing or exit financing sufficient to meet our liquidity needs
or, if sufficient funds are available, offered to us on acceptable terms.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be subject to claims that will not be discharged in our Chapter 11 proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations.

The Bankruptcy Code provides that the confirmation of a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization discharges a debtor from substantially all debts arising
prior to confirmation.  With few exceptions, all claims that arose prior to confirmation of the plan of reorganization (i) would be subject to compromise
and/or  treatment  under  the  plan  of  reorganization  and  (ii)  would  be  discharged  in  accordance  with  the  Bankruptcy  Code  and  the  terms  of  the  plan  of
reorganization.  Any claims not ultimately discharged through a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization could be asserted against the reorganized entities and
may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations on a post-reorganization basis.

Our financial results may be volatile and may not reflect historical trends.

During the Chapter 11 Cases, we expect our financial results to continue to be volatile as asset impairments, restructuring activities and expenses,
contract terminations and rejections, and claims assessments may significantly impact our consolidated financial performance.  As a result, our historical
financial performance is likely not indicative of our financial performance after the Petition Date.

In addition, if we emerge from Chapter 11, the amounts reported in subsequent consolidated financial statements may materially change relative to
historical consolidated financial statements, including as a result of revisions to our operating plans pursuant to a plan of reorganization.  We also may be
required to adopt fresh start accounting, in which case our assets and liabilities will be recorded at fair value as of the fresh start reporting date, which may
differ materially from the recorded values of assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Our financial results after the application of fresh start
accounting also may be different from historical trends.

Operating in bankruptcy for a long period of time may harm our business.

A long period of operations under Bankruptcy Court protection could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and liquidity.  So long as the proceedings related to the Chapter 11 Cases continue, senior management will be required to spend a significant
amount of time and effort dealing with the reorganization instead of focusing exclusively on business operations.  A prolonged period of operating under
Bankruptcy Court protection also may make it more difficult to retain management and other key personnel necessary to the success of our business.  In
addition,  the  longer  the  proceedings  related  to  the  Chapter  11  Cases  continue,  the  more  likely  it  is  that  customers  will  lose  confidence  in  our  ability  to
reorganize our business successfully and will seek to establish alternative commercial relationships.

So long as the proceedings related to these cases continue, we will be required to incur substantial costs for professional fees and other expenses
associated with the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, including the cost of litigation.  In general, litigation can be expensive and time consuming to
bring or defend against.  Such litigation could result in settlements or damages that could significantly affect our financial results.  It is also possible that
certain  parties  will  commence  litigation  with  respect  to  the  treatment  of  their  claims  under  a  plan  of  reorganization.    It  is  not  possible  to  predict  the
potential litigation that we may become party to, nor the final resolution of such litigation.  The impact of any such litigation on our business and financial
stability, however, could be material.

Should  the  Chapter  11  proceedings  be  protracted,  we  may  also  need  to  seek  new  financing  to  fund  operations.    If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  such
financing on favorable terms or at all, the chances of successfully reorganizing our business may be seriously jeopardized and the likelihood that we will
instead be required to liquidate our assets may increase.

Outbreaks  of  communicable  disease,  or  other  public  health  emergencies,  such  as  the  current  COVID-19  pandemic,  could  substantially  harm  our
business.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  will  continue  to  have,  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  store  traffic,  employee  availability,

financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and cash flow.

As of March 25, 2020, we had temporarily closed all of our stores nationwide, severely reducing revenues and resulting in significant operating
losses and the elimination of substantially all operating cash flow. Although stores have gradually reopened as allowed by state and local jurisdictions, and
all but two of our stores had re-opened by the end of the fiscal year, the scope and duration of this pandemic and the related disruption to our business and
financial impacts cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.  Further impacts may include, but are not limited to, both internal and external impacts to our
supply chain, transportation capabilities, staffing ability, and self-insurance costs

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  customers  may  also  be  negatively  affected  by  the  consequences  of  COVID-19,  which  could  negatively  impact  demand  for  our  products  as
customers delay, reduce or eliminate discretionary purchases at our stores that have reopened or may reopen. Any significant reduction in customer visits
to, and spending at, our stores caused directly or indirectly by COVID-19 would result in a further loss of revenue and cash flows and negatively impact
profitability and could result in other material adverse effects.

The  extent  to  which  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  will  impact  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  liquidity  is  highly
uncertain  and  difficult  to  predict  considering  the  rapidly  evolving  environment  and  will  depend  on  future  developments,  including  the  potential  further
geographic spread and duration of the ongoing pandemic, the severity, containment, and management of the virus and the actions that may be taken by
various governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

Changes  in  economic  and  political  conditions  may  adversely  affect  consumer  spending,  which  could  significantly  harm  our  business,  results  of
operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The success of our business depends, to a significant extent, upon the level of consumer spending. A number of factors beyond our control affect the

level of consumer spending on merchandise that we offer, including, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

general economic and industry conditions;

unemployment;

the housing market;

deterioration in consumer confidence;

crude oil prices that affect gasoline and diesel fuel, as well as, increases in other fuels used to support utilities;

efforts by our customers to reduce personal debt levels;

availability of consumer credit;

interest rates;

fluctuations in the financial markets;

tax rates, tariffs and policies;

war, terrorism and other hostilities; and

consumer confidence in future economic conditions.

The  merchandise  we  sell  generally  consists  of  discretionary  items.  Reduced  consumer  confidence  and  spending  cut  backs  may  result  in  reduced
demand for our merchandise, including discretionary items, and may force us to take significant inventory markdowns. Reduced demand also may require
increased selling and promotional expenses. Adverse economic conditions and any related decrease in consumer demand for our merchandise could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Failure to identify and respond to changes in consumer trends and preferences could significantly harm our business.

The retail home furnishings and housewares industry is subject to sudden shifts in consumer trends and consumer spending. Our sales and results of
operations depend in part on our ability to predict or respond to changes in trends and consumer preferences in a timely manner. Although our business
model allows us greater flexibility than many traditional retailers to meet consumer preferences and trends, we may not successfully do so. Any sustained
failure to anticipate, identify and respond to emerging trends in consumer preferences could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our sales depend on a volume of traffic to our stores, and a reduction in traffic to, or the closing of, anchor tenants and other destination retailers in
the shopping centers in which our stores are located could significantly reduce our sales and leave us with excess inventory.

Most of our stores are located in shopping centers that benefit from varied and complementary tenants, whether specialty or mass retailers, and other
destination  retailers  and  attractions  to  generate  sufficient  levels  of  consumer  traffic  near  our  stores.  Any  decline  in  the  volume  of  consumer  traffic  at
shopping centers, whether because of consumer preferences to shop on the internet or at large warehouse stores, an economic slowdown, a decline in the
popularity of shopping centers, the closing of anchor stores or other destination retailers or otherwise, could result in reduced sales at our stores and leave
us with excess inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results or business.

We  must  continuously  attract  buying  opportunities  for  off‑price  merchandise  and  anticipate  consumer  demand  as  off‑price  merchandise  becomes
available, and our failure to do so could adversely affect our performance.

By their nature, specific off‑price merchandise items are available from manufacturers or vendors generally on a non‑recurring basis. As a result, we
do not have long‑term contracts with our vendors for supply, pricing or access to products, but make individual purchase decisions, which may be for large
quantities.  Due  to  economic  uncertainties,  some  of  our  manufacturers  and  suppliers  may  cease  operations  or  may  otherwise  become  unable  to  continue
supplying off‑price merchandise on terms acceptable to us. We cannot assure that manufacturers or vendors will continue to make off‑price merchandise
available to us in quantities acceptable to us or that our buyers will continue to identify and take advantage of appropriate buying opportunities. In addition,
if we misjudge consumer demand for products, we may significantly overstock unpopular products and be forced to take significant markdowns and miss
opportunities  to  sell  more  popular  products.  An  inability  to  acquire  suitable  off‑price  merchandise  in  the  future  or  to  accurately  anticipate  consumer
demand for such merchandise would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Our results of operations will be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory profitably.

Inventory is one of the largest assets on our balance sheet and represented approximately 23% of our total assets at June 30, 2020 and 64% at June
30,  2019.  Our  inventory  balance  at  June  30,  2020  is  significantly  lower  than  the  prior  year  due  to  the  COVID-19  disruption  to  our  supply  chain
operations.    Also  impacting  the  lower  percentage  for  fiscal  2020  is  the  adoption  of  ASC  842  at  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year,  which  resulted  in
recognizing  operating  lease  right-of-use  assets  on  our  balance  sheet  in  the  current  year.    Inventory  at  June  30,  2020  represented  47%  of  total  assets
excluding  our  operating  lease  right-of  use  assets  at  that  same  date.    Efficient  inventory  management  is  a  key  component  of  our  business  success  and
profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels to meet our customers’ demands without allowing those levels to increase to
such an extent that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impact our financial results. If our buying decisions do not accurately predict customer
trends  or  purchasing  actions,  we  may  have  to  take  unanticipated  markdowns  to  dispose  of  the  excess  inventory,  which  also  can  adversely  impact  our
financial results. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot assure that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we
are  not  successful  in  managing  our  inventory  balances,  our  results  of  operations  may  be  negatively  affected.  We  have  recorded  significant  inventory
write‑downs from time to time in the past and there can be no assurances that we will not record additional inventory charges in the future.

Our results of operations will be negatively affected if we are unsuccessful in effectively managing our supply chain operations.

With few exceptions, all inventory is shipped directly from suppliers to our distribution network, including our Dallas distribution center along with
bypass and pool point facilities, where the inventory is then processed, sorted and shipped to our stores. We depend in large part on the orderly operation of
this receiving and distribution process, which depends, in turn, on adherence to shipping schedules and effective management of our distribution centers.
We may not anticipate all of the changing demands which our operations will impose on our receiving and distribution system.

The loss of, disruption in operations of, or increased costs in the operation of our distribution center facilities would have a material adverse effect on
our business and operations.

Events beyond our control, such as disruptions in operations due to fire or other catastrophic events, labor disagreements or shipping problems, may
result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores. We also cannot assure that our insurance will be sufficient, or that insurance proceeds will be
paid to us in a timely manner, in the event a distribution center is shut down for any reason.  As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and impact to our
business, we have announced that we will be closing our Phoenix distribution center.  We expect the closure to be completed in early fiscal 2021 and there
can be no assurance there will be no delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores.

15

 
The unplanned loss or departure of one or more members of our senior management or other key management could have a material adverse effect on
our business.

Our  future  performance  will  depend  in  large  part  upon  the  efforts  and  abilities  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  employees.  The  loss  of
service of these persons could have a material adverse effect on our business and future prospects. We do not maintain key person life insurance for our
senior management. We cannot provide any assurance that we will not experience future turnover related to our senior management team.

Our business is intensely competitive, and a number of different competitive factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The  retail  home  furnishings  and  housewares  industry  is  intensely  competitive.  As  an  off‑price  retailer  of  home  furnishings  and  housewares,  we
currently compete against a diverse group of retailers, including department stores and discount stores, specialty, on‑line, and catalog retailers and mass
merchants,  which  sell,  among  other  products,  home  furnishing,  houseware  and  related  products  similar  and  often  identical  to  those  we  sell.  We  also
compete in particular markets with a substantial number of retailers that specialize in one or more types of home furnishing and houseware products that we
sell. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial resources that may, among other things, increase their ability to purchase inventory at
lower costs or to initiate and sustain aggressive price competition.

A  number  of  different  competitive  factors  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  financial

condition, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

increased operational efficiencies of competitors;

competitive pricing strategies, including deep discount pricing by a broad range of retailers during periods of poor consumer confidence or
economic uncertainty;

continued and prolonged promotional activity by competitors;

liquidation sales by a number of our competitors who have filed or may file in the future for bankruptcy;

expansion by existing competitors;

entry of new competitors into markets in which we currently operate; and

adoption by existing competitors of innovative store formats or retail sales methods.

We cannot assure that we will be able to continue to compete successfully with our existing or new competitors, or that prolonged periods of deep
discount  pricing  by  our  competitors  will  not  materially  harm  our  business.  We  compete  for  customers,  employees,  locations,  merchandise,  services  and
other important aspects of our business with many other local, regional, national and international retailers. We also face competition from alternative retail
distribution channels such as catalogs and, increasingly, e‑commerce websites and mobile device applications. Changes in the merchandising, pricing and
promotional activities of those competitors, and in the retail industry, in general, may adversely affect our performance.

If we are unable to maintain and protect our information technology systems and technologies, we could suffer disruptions in our business, damage to
our reputation, increased costs and liability, and obstacles to our growth.

The  operation  of  our  business  is  heavily  dependent  upon  the  implementation,  integrity,  security,  and  successful  functioning  of  our  computer
networks  and  information  systems,  including  the  point‑of‑sale  systems  in  our  stores,  data  centers  that  process  transactions,  and  various  software
applications  used  in  our  operations.    Our  systems  are  subject  to  damage  or  interruption  from  weather  events,  power  outages,  telecommunications  or
computer failures, computer viruses, security breaches, employee errors and similar occurrences. A failure of our systems to operate effectively as a result
of damage to, interruption, or failure of any of these systems could result in data loss, a failure to meet our reporting obligations, or material misstatements
in  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  or  cause  losses  due  to  disruption  of  our  business  operations  and  loss  of  customer  confidence.  These  adverse
situations could also lead to loss of sales or profits or cause us to incur additional repair, replacement and development costs.  Our inability to improve our
information technology systems and technologies may fail to support our growth and may limit opportunities.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increases  in  fuel  prices  and  changes  in  transportation  industry  regulations  or  conditions  may  increase  our  freight  costs  and  thus  our  cost  of  sales,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Our  freight  costs  are  impacted  by  changes  in  fuel  prices  through  surcharges.  Fuel  prices  and  surcharges  affect  freight  costs  both  on  inbound
shipments from vendors and outbound shipments to our stores. In addition, the U.S. government requires drivers of over‑the‑road trucks to take certain rest
periods which reduces the available amount of time they can drive during a 24‑hour period. Changes in trucking industry conditions, such as truck driver
shortages  and  highway  congestion,  could  increase  freight  costs.  High  fuel  prices  or  surcharges,  as  well  as  stringent  driver  regulations  and  changes  in
transportation industry conditions, may increase freight costs and thereby increase our cost of sales.

An increase in the cost or a disruption in the flow of our imported products may significantly decrease our sales and profits.

Merchandise  manufactured  and  imported  from  overseas  represents  the  majority  of  our  total  product  purchases  acquired  both  domestically  and
internationally. A disruption in the shipping of imported merchandise or an increase in the cost of those products may significantly decrease our sales and
profits. In addition, if imported merchandise becomes more expensive or unavailable, the transition to alternative sources may not occur in time to meet our
demands. Products from alternative sources may also be of lesser quality and more expensive than those we currently import.

Risks associated with our reliance on imported products include disruptions in the shipping and importation or increases in the costs of imported

products because of factors such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

raw material shortages;

work stoppages;

strikes and political unrest;

problems with oceanic shipping, including shipping container shortages;

increased customs inspections of import shipments or other factors causing delays in shipments;

merchandise quality or safety issues;

economic crises;

international disputes, wars, and terrorism;

loss of “most favored nation” trading status by the United States in relation to a particular foreign country;

natural disasters;

import duties and tariffs;

foreign government regulations;

import quotas and other trade sanctions; and

increases in shipping rates.

The products we buy abroad are sometimes priced in foreign currencies and, therefore, we are affected by fluctuating exchange rates. We might not

be able to successfully protect ourselves in the future against currency rate fluctuations, and our financial performance could suffer as a result.

Changes to federal tax policy may adversely impact our operations and financial performance.

Changes in U.S. tax or trade policy regarding merchandise produced in other countries could adversely affect our business. Changes in U.S. tariffs,
quotas, trade relationships or tax provisions that reduce the supply or increase the relative cost of goods produced in other countries could increase our cost
of goods and/or increase our effective tax rate. Although such changes would have implications across the entire industry, we may fail to effectively adapt
and to manage the adjustments in strategy that would be necessary in response to those changes. In addition to the general uncertainty and overall risk from
potential changes in U.S. laws and policies, as we make business decisions in the face of uncertainty as to potential changes, we may incorrectly anticipate
the  outcomes,  miss  out  on  business  opportunities,  or  fail  to  effectively  adapt  our  business  strategies  and  manage  the  adjustments  that  are  necessary  in
response to those changes. These risks could adversely affect our revenues, increase our effective tax rates, and reduce our profitability.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our success depends upon our marketing, advertising and promotional efforts. If our marketing spend is inadequate, if we fail to implement programs
successfully, or if our competitors are more effective than we are, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Historically, we have used marketing and promotional programs to attract customers to our stores and to encourage purchases by our customers. We
use various media for our promotional efforts, including email, direct mail, newspaper inserts, digital video, digital display, search and social networks. In
fiscal 2020, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we reduced our marketing spend, and anticipate spending at a reduced level for an unknown period of time.  If
we are unable to increase our marketing spend appropriately, our business may suffer.  If we fail to choose the appropriate medium for our efforts, or fail to
implement and execute new marketing opportunities, our competitors may be able to attract some of our customers and cause them to decrease purchases
from us and increase purchases elsewhere, which would negatively impact our net sales. Changes in the amount and degree of promotional intensity or
merchandising strategy by our competitors could cause us to have some difficulties in retaining existing customers and attracting new customers.

If we do not attract, train and retain quality employees in appropriate numbers, including key employees and management, our performance could be
adversely affected.

Our  performance  is  dependent  on  recruiting,  developing,  training  and  retaining  quality  sales,  distribution  center  and  other  employees  in  large
numbers, as well as, experienced buying and management personnel. Many of our store employees are in entry level or part‑time positions with historically
high rates of turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs while controlling costs is subject to external factors, such as unemployment levels, prevailing
wage rates, minimum wage legislation, and changes in rules governing eligibility for overtime and changing demographics. In the event of increasing wage
rates, if we do not increase our wages competitively, our staffing levels and customer service could suffer because of a declining quality of our workforce,
or our earnings would decrease if we increase our wage rates, whether in response to market demands or new minimum wage legislation. Changes that
adversely impact our ability to attract and retain quality employees and management personnel could adversely affect our performance.

Our results of operations are subject to seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or the
market price of our common stock.

Our business is subject to seasonality with a higher level of net sales and operating income generated during the quarter ended December 31, which
includes the holiday shopping season. Net sales in the quarters ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 accounted for approximately 37%, 34% and 33%
of our annual net sales for fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  For more information about our seasonality, please read Item 7 “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quarterly Results and Seasonality.”

Because a significant percentage of our net sales and operating income are generated in the quarter ending December 31, we have limited ability to
compensate for shortfalls in December quarter sales or earnings by changes in our operations or strategies in other quarters. A significant shortfall in results
for the quarter ending December 31 of any year could have a material adverse effect on our annual results of operations and on the market price of our
common  stock.  In  addition,  in  anticipation  of  higher  sales  during  this  period,  we  purchase  substantial  amounts  of  seasonal  inventory  and  hire  many
temporary  employees.  An  excess  of  seasonal  merchandise  inventory  could  result  if  our  net  sales  during  this  principal  selling  season  were  to  fall  below
either seasonal norms or expectations. If our December quarter sales results are substantially below expectations, our financial performance and operating
results could be adversely affected by unanticipated markdowns, particularly in seasonal merchandise. Lower than anticipated sales in the principal selling
season would also negatively affect our ability to absorb the increased seasonal labor costs.

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly based on additional factors, such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the amount of net sales contributed by new and existing stores;

the timing of certain holidays and advertised events;

changes in our merchandise mix and inventory levels;

the timing of new store openings;

the success of our store relocation program;

general economic, industry and weather conditions that affect consumer spending; and

actions of competitors, including promotional activity.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
These factors could also have a material adverse effect on our annual results of operations and on the market price of our common stock.

If we fail to protect the security of information about our business and our customers, suppliers, business partners and employees, we could damage
our reputation and our business, incur substantial additional costs and become subject to litigation and government investigations and enforcement
actions.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and
that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, on our computer networks
and  information  systems.    The  secure  processing,  maintenance  and  transmission  of  this  information  is  critical  to  our  operations.    Despite  our  security
measures,  our  information  technology  and  infrastructure  and  that  of  our  service  providers  may  be  vulnerable  to  attacks  by  hackers  or  breached  due  to
employee  error,  malfeasance  or  other  disruptions.    Cyber  threats  are  rapidly  evolving  and  are  becoming  increasingly  sophisticated.  Any  such  attack  or
breach could compromise our security and remain undetected for a period of time, and confidential information could be misappropriated, resulting in a
loss  of  customers’,  suppliers’,  business  partners’  or  employees’  personal  information,  negative  publicity,  harm  to  our  business  and  reputation,  and
potentially  causing  us  to  incur  costs  to  reimburse  third  parties  for  damages  and  potentially  subjecting  us  to  government  investigations  and  enforcement
actions.  In  addition,  the  regulatory  environment  surrounding  data  and  information  security  and  privacy  is  increasingly  demanding,  as  new  and  revised
requirements  are  frequently  imposed  across  our  business.  Compliance  with  more  demanding  privacy  and  information  security  laws  and  standards  may
result  in  significant  expense  due  to  increased  investment  in  technology  and  the  development  of  new  operational  processes,  and  implementing  new
initiatives could result in system disruptions. We maintain cyber risk insurance, but this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our losses from any
future breaches of our systems.

We are subject to various government regulations, changes in the existing laws and regulations and new laws and regulations which may adversely
affect our operations and financial performance.

The  development  and  operation  of  our  stores  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  in  many  areas  of  our  business,
including, but not limited to, those that impose restrictions, levy a fee or tax, or require a permit or license, or other regulatory approval, and building and
zoning requirements. Difficulties or failures in obtaining required permits, licenses or other regulatory approvals could delay or prevent the opening of a
new  store,  and  the  suspension  of,  or  inability  to  renew,  a  license  or  permit  could  interrupt  operations  at  an  existing  store.  We  are  also  subject  to  laws
governing  our  relationship  with  employees,  including  minimum  wage  requirements,  overtime,  and  other  state  and  federal  wage  and  hour  regulations,
regulations  governing  leaves  of  absence,  health  insurance  mandates,  working  and  safety  conditions,  and  immigration  status  requirements.  Additionally,
changes in federal labor laws could result in portions of our workforce being subjected to greater organized labor influence. This could result in an increase
to our labor costs. A significant portion of our store personnel are paid at rates related to the minimum wage established by federal, state and municipal law.
Additionally, we are subject to certain laws and regulations that govern our handling of customers’ personal information. A failure to protect the integrity
and security of our customers’ personal information could expose us to private litigation and government investigations and enforcement actions, as well as
materially damage our reputation with our customers. While we endeavor to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, governmental and regulatory
bodies may change such laws and regulations in the future which may require us to incur substantial cost increases. If we fail to comply with applicable
laws and regulations, we may be subject to various sanctions, penalties or fines and may be required to cease operations until we achieve compliance which
could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial results and operations.

We face risks to our corporate reputation from our customers, employees and other third parties.

Damage to our corporate reputation could adversely affect our sales results and profitability. Our reputation is partially based on perception. Any
incident  that  erodes  the  trust  or  confidence  of  our  customers  or  the  general  public  could  adversely  affect  our  reputation  and  operating  performance,
particularly  if  the  incident  results  in  significant  adverse  publicity  or  governmental  inquiry.  An  incident  could  include  alleged  acts,  or  omissions  by,  or
situations involving our vendors, our landlords, or our employees outside of work, and may pertain to social or political issues or protests largely unrelated
to our business. The use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites, and other forms of internet-based communications, which allow
individuals  access  to  a  broad  audience,  continues  to  increase.  The  opportunity  for  dissemination  of  information,  including  inaccurate  information,  is
seemingly limitless and readily available. Information concerning our Company may be posted on such platforms at any time. Information posted may be
adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, which could negatively affect our sales and profitability, diminish customer trust, reduce employee morale
and productivity, and lead to difficulties in recruiting and retaining qualified employees. The harm may be immediate, without affording us an opportunity
for redress or correction.

19

 
We face litigation risks from customers, employees, and other third parties in the ordinary course of business.

Our  business  is  subject  to  the  risk  of  litigation  by  customers,  current  and  former  employees,  suppliers,  stockholders  and  others  through  private
actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions, or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits and
regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the
magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend future litigation may be
significant. There may also be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could decrease customer acceptance of merchandise offerings, regardless of
whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable.

We  face  risks  with  respect  to  product  liability  claims  and  product  recalls,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  reputation,  our  business,  and  our
consolidated results of operations.

We  purchase  merchandise  from  third  parties  and  offer  this  merchandise  to  customers  for  sale.  Merchandise  could  be  subject  to  recalls  and  other
actions by regulatory authorities. Changes in laws and regulations could also impact the type of merchandise we offer to customers. We have experienced,
and  may  in  the  future  experience,  issues  that  result  in  recalls  of  merchandise.  In  addition,  in  the  past,  individuals  have  asserted  claims,  and  may  in  the
future assert claims, that they have sustained injuries from third‑party merchandise offered by us, and we may be subject to future lawsuits relating to these
claims. There is a risk that these claims or liabilities may exceed, or fall outside the scope of, our insurance coverage. Any of the issues mentioned above
could result in damage to our reputation, diversion of development and management resources, or reduced sales and increased costs, any of which could
harm our business.

Our stores may be adversely affected by local conditions, natural disasters, and other events.

Certain regions in which our stores are located may be subject to adverse local conditions, natural disasters, and other events. If severe weather, such
as  heavy  snowfall  or  extreme  temperatures,  discourages  or  restricts  customers  in  a  particular  region  from  traveling  to  our  stores,  our  sales  could  be
adversely affected. If severe weather conditions occur during the second quarter of our fiscal year, the adverse impact to our sales and profitability could be
even  greater  than  at  other  times  during  the  year  because  we  generate  a  significant  portion  of  our  sales  and  profits  during  this  period.  Natural  disasters
including tornados, hurricanes, floods, and earthquakes may damage our stores, corporate office, and distribution facilities or other operations, which may
adversely affect our financial results. Additionally, demographic shifts in the areas where our stores are located could adversely impact our financial results
and operations.

Our results of operations may be negatively affected by inventory shrinkage.

We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. Although our inventory shrinkage rates have not fluctuated significantly in recent years, we
cannot assure that actual rates of inventory loss and theft in the future will be within our estimates or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce
the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher
rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, our results of operations could be affected adversely.

Our results of operations may be negatively impacted by exposure to unexpected costs related to our insurance programs.

Our insurance coverage is subject to deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based
on our overall operations. We may incur certain types of losses that we cannot insure or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such
as losses due to acts of war and terrorism, employee and certain other crime, and some natural disasters. If we incur these losses and they are material, our
business  could  suffer.  Certain  material  events  may  result  in  sizable  losses  for  the  insurance  industry  and  adversely  impact  the  availability  of  adequate
insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. To offset negative cost trends in the insurance market, we may elect to self-insure, accept
higher  deductibles  or  reduce  the  amount  of  coverage  in  response  to  these  market  changes.  In  addition,  we  self-insure  a  significant  portion  of  expected
losses  under  our  workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  and  group  health  insurance  programs.  Unanticipated  changes  in  any  applicable  actuarial
assumptions  and  management  estimates  underlying  our  recorded  liabilities  for  these  self-insured  losses,  including  potential  increases  in  medical  and
indemnity costs, could result in significantly different expenses than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations. Although we continue to maintain property insurance for catastrophic events, we are self-insured for losses up
to the amount of our deductibles. If we experience a greater number of self-insured losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely
affected.

20

 
We are subject to customer payment-related risks that could increase operating costs or exposure to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability and
potentially disrupt our business.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash, credit and debit cards, gift cards, gift certificates, store credits, and digital wallets.
Acceptance of these payment options subjects us to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network
rules and operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. In October 2015, the
payment  card  industry  shifted  liability  for  certain  debit  and  credit  card  transactions  to  retailers  who  are  not  able  to  accept  EMV  chip  technology
transactions.  Any  disruption  to  our  ability  to  accept  EMV  chip  technology  transactions  may  subject  us  to  increased  risk  of  liability  for  fraudulent
transactions and may adversely affect our business and operating results.

For  certain  payment  methods,  including  credit  and  debit  cards,  we  pay  interchange  and  other  fees,  which  may  increase  over  time  and  raise  our
operating costs. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of
electronic payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us, or if their systems are compromised, it could potentially disrupt our
business. The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated,
seeking  to  obtain  unauthorized  access  to  or  exploit  weaknesses  that  may  exist  in  the  payment  systems.    If  we  fail  to  comply  with  applicable  rules  or
requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for costs
incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain
types  of  payments  may  be  impaired.  In  addition,  our  customers  could  lose  confidence  in  certain  payment  types,  which  may  result  in  a  shift  to  other
payment  types  or  potential  changes  to  our  payment  systems  that  may  result  in  higher  costs.  As  a  result,  our  business  and  operating  results  could  be
adversely affected.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of
our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, which could result in a loss of investor confidence and
negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

Effective  internal  controls  are  necessary  for  us  to  provide  reliable  and  accurate  financial  statements  and  to  effectively  prevent  fraud.    As  further
described in Part II Item 9A “Controls and Procedures” of this Annual Report, management has concluded that, because of a material weakness in internal
control  over  financial  reporting  related  to  ineffective  assessment  of  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  not
effective as of June 30, 2020.  Specifically, management’s estimation of fair value did not appropriately utilize market participant assumptions, which was
identified  and  corrected  prior  to  filing.    The  material  weakness  will  not  be  considered  remediated  until  the  applicable  remedial  controls  operate  for  a
sufficient  period  of  time  and  management  has  concluded,  through  testing,  that  these  controls  are  operating  effectively.    We  cannot  be  certain  that  these
measures will be successful or that we will be able to prevent future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses.  Any remediation efforts additionally
may require us to incur unanticipated costs for various professional fees and services.  Material inaccuracies in our financial statements would damage their
value to management and our Board of Directors in making decisions as to the operation of our business, could harm our reputation and cause investors to
lose confidence in our reported financial information.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

Stores.  

We lease all of our stores from unaffiliated third parties, except one Company‑owned store located adjacent to our existing distribution facility in
Dallas, Texas. A description of the location of our stores is provided in Item 1, “Business—Stores and Store Operations.” At June 30, 2020, the remaining
terms of the majority of our store leases range from one month to five years. The average initial term of store leases executed under our real estate strategy
is approximately ten years, typically with options available for renewal. We intend to continue to lease all of our new stores from unaffiliated third parties.
Our store leases typically include “kick clauses,” which allow us, at our option, to exit the lease with no penalty approximately 60 months after entering
into the lease if store sales do not reach a stipulated amount stated in the lease.

21

 
 
 
Distribution Facilities and Corporate Headquarters.  

We own a 104,675 square foot building which houses our corporate office in Dallas, Texas. Our Dallas distribution center utilizes approximately 1.2
million  square  feet,  all  of  which  is  owned.  During  fiscal  2015,  we  executed  a  lease  for  approximately  0.6  million  square  feet  related  to  our  additional
distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona which started operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016.

We lease from unaffiliated third parties four parcels of land of approximately 538,250 square feet, for trailer parking and storage.

In fiscal 2020, as the next step in our supply chain strategy, we began the retrofit of our existing Dallas-based distribution facility to accommodate
our distribution requirements for our existing store base as well as for planned future growth.  Due to the impacts of COVID-19, the retrofit of the Dallas
distribution center was ceased in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.  We also reached the decision in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 to close our Phoenix
distribution center and consolidate operations in our Dallas-based facility, which we expect to be completed in early fiscal 2021.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Information  related  to  the  Chapter  11  Cases  that  were  filed  on  May  27,  2020  is  included  in  Note  1  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial

Statements.

In addition, we are involved in legal and governmental proceedings as part of the normal course of our business. Reserves have been established
when a loss is considered probable and are based on management’s best estimates of our potential liability in these matters. These estimates have been
developed in consultation with internal and external counsel and are based on a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.  Management believes
that such litigation and claims will be resolved without material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

22

 
 
PART II

Item 5.  Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

As a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, on June 8, 2020, trading in the Company’s common stock on Nasdaq was suspended.  On July 1,

2020, Nasdaq filed a Form 25 with the SEC to delist the Company’s common stock.

On June 8, 2020, the Company’s common stock began trading on the OTC Pink marketplace under the symbol “TUESQ”.  Securities traded in the
over-the-counter  market  generally  have  significantly  less  liquidity  than  securities  traded  on  a  national  securities  exchange.    Over-the-counter  market
quotations  may  reflect  inter-dealer  prices,  without  any  retail  mark-up,  mark-down  or  commission  and  may  not  necessarily  represent  actual
transactions.  The Company cautions that trading in the Company’s common stock during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases is highly speculative and
poses substantial risks. Trading prices for the Company’s common stock may bear little or no relationship to the actual recovery, if any, by holders of the
Company’s common stock in the Chapter 11 Cases. 

As of September 10, 2020, there were approximately 155 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

During  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  we  did  not  declare  or  pay  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  We  do  not
presently have plans to pay dividends on our common stock. The DIP ABL Facility and DIP Term Facility do not permit us to pay dividends or repurchase
our common stock.  Additional details are provided in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—
Liquidity and Capital Resources”

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

Not Required

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and

related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10‑K.

Overview

•

•

•

•

We  are  one  of  the  original  off-price  retailers  and  a  leading  destination  for  unique  home  and  lifestyle  goods.  We  are  an  off-price  retailer,
selling high-quality products at prices generally below those found in boutique, specialty and department stores, catalogs and on-line retailers.
Our  customers  come  to  us  for  an  ever-changing,  exceptional  assortment  of  brand  names  at  great  prices.  Our  strong  value  proposition  has
established a loyal customer base, who we engage regularly with social media, email, direct mail, digital media and newspaper circulars.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  will  continue  to  have,  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  store  traffic,  employee
availability, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and cash flow.

On  March  25,  2020,  we  temporarily  closed  all  of  our  stores  nationwide,  as  well  as  our  distribution  centers,  and  corporate  office,  severely
reducing  revenues  and  resulting  in  significant  operating  losses  and  the  elimination  of  substantially  all  operating  cash  flow.  Stores  have
gradually  reopened  as  allowed  by  state  and  local  jurisdictions.  The  scope  and  duration  of  this  pandemic  and  the  related  disruption  to  our
business and financial impacts cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

On April 24, 2020, we reopened 140 locations with reduced operating hours. We continued re-opening stores on a rolling basis with modified
operating hours as appropriate. As of May 27, 2020, we had re-opened 563 of our stores, although with modified operating procedures in
place to address COVID-19 related concerns and to comply with applicable laws, government instructions, and best practices to promote the
safety of customers and employees. By June 15, 2020, we had reopened all but two of our 687 store locations, and those stores have since
been permanently closed.

Bankruptcy Filing and Going Concern

•

•

•

•

•

On  May  27,  2020  (the  “Petition  Date”),  we  filed  voluntary  petitions  (the  “Chapter  11  Cases”)  under  Chapter  11  of  the  United  States
Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division (the
“Bankruptcy Court”). The Chapter 11 Cases are being jointly administered for procedural purposes.

We will continue to operate our businesses as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

After  we  filed  our  Chapter  11  Cases,  the  Bankruptcy  Court  granted  certain  relief  requested  by  us  enabling  us  to  conduct  our  business
activities in the ordinary course, including, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions of such orders, authorizing us to pay
employee wages and benefits, to pay taxes and certain governmental fees and charges, to continue to operate our cash management system in
the ordinary course, and to pay the pre-petition claims of certain of our vendors. For goods and services provided following the Petition Date,
we intend to pay vendors in full under normal terms.  See Note 3 - “Debt” and Note 12 – “Subsequent Events” to the consolidated financial
statements herein for a discussion of the DIP ABL Facility and the DIP Term Facility.

Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  under  the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the  filing  of  the  Chapter  11  Cases  automatically  enjoined,  or  stayed,  the
continuation of most judicial or administrative proceedings or filing of other actions against us or our property to recover, collect or secure a
claim arising prior to the Petition Date. Accordingly, although the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases triggered defaults under our funded debt
obligations, creditors were stayed from taking any actions against us as a result of such defaults, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement are
subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Court orders modifying the stay, including the order of the
Bankruptcy Court approving the DIP ABL Facility. Absent an order of the Bankruptcy Court, substantially all of our pre-petition liabilities
are subject to settlement under the Bankruptcy Code.

On June 9, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court issued an order approving procedures for the closure of up to 230 of our store locations.  In early
June, we commenced the process to close 132 store locations in a first wave of store closings.  By the end of July, all of these stores were
permanently closed.  In mid-July 2020, we began the process to close an additional 65 stores following negotiations with our landlords.  We
also  expect  to  close  our  Phoenix,  Arizona  distribution  center  in  early  fiscal  2021.  In  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  we  recorded
restructuring, impairment, and abandonment charges of $105.2 million related to the permanent store and Phoenix distribution center closing
plan, as discussed in Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

We have concluded that our financial condition and our projected operating results, our need to satisfy certain financial and other covenants
in our debtor-in-possession financing, our need to implement a restructuring plan and receive new financing, and the risks and uncertainties
surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the Chapter 11 Cases raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.  We
believe  that  our  plans,  already  implemented  and  continuing  to  be  implemented,  will  mitigate  the  conditions  and  events  that  have  raised
substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  However, due to the uncertainty around the scope and duration of
the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  the  related  disruption  to  our  business  and  financial  impacts,  and  because  our  plans,  including  those  in
connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, are not yet finalized, fully executed, or approved by the Bankruptcy Court, they cannot be deemed
probable of mitigating this substantial doubt.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that would result if the
Company was unable to realize its assets and settle its liabilities as a going concern in the ordinary course of business.

For the duration of the Chapter 11 Cases, our operations and ability to develop and execute our business plan are subject to the risks and
uncertainties associated with the Chapter 11 process as described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” As a result of these risks and uncertainties, the
amount  and  composition  of  our  assets,  liabilities,  officers  and/or  directors  could  be  significantly  different  following  the  outcome  of  the
Chapter 11 proceedings, and the description of our operations, properties, liquidity and capital resources included in this quarterly report may
not accurately reflect our operations, properties, liquidity and capital resources following the Chapter 11 process.

As a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Company’s common stock was delisted from trading on Nasdaq, and the Company’s
common stock now trades over the counter in the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “TUESQ”.

Results for the Year ended June 30, 2020

•

•

•

•

•

•

We operated 685 stores in 39 states as of June 30, 2020. Our store base decreased from 714 stores in 40 states as of June 30, 2019.  As of
March 25, 2020, we temporarily closed all of our stores due to the COVID-19 pandemic.  Prior to that date, we had approximately 400 stores
closed in compliance with state and local regulations.  In late April 2020, we began the process of re-opening our stores, which continued
throughout our fourth quarter.  By the end of June 2020, we had re-opened all but two of our stores, which are now permanently closed.  As
discussed above, by the end of July, we completed the closure of all of our first wave of 132 store closings, and have begun the process of
closing an additional 65 stores. We also began the process to close our Phoenix, Arizona distribution center. These store closures will have an
impact on our operating cash flows.

Our  net  sales  for  fiscal  2020  were  significantly  negatively  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    Net  sales  for  fiscal  2020  were  $874.9
million,  a  decrease  of  13.1%  compared  to  $1,007  million  for  the  same  period  last  year,  primarily  due  to  the  impact  from  the
pandemic.  Comparable store sales (which we define as stores open at least five quarters, including stores relocated in the same market and
renovated stores) declined 11.8%.  The decrease in comparable store sales was due to an 11.5% decrease in customer transactions along with
a 0.4% decrease in average ticket.  All stores that were temporarily closed due to the pandemic continued to be included in the computation of
comparable  store  sales  for  fiscal  2020;  thereby  negatively  impacting  comparable  store  sales.    To  provide  a  further  assessment  of  our
performance and a more comparable performance indicator, we calculated comparable store sales excluding the period of time stores were
closed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and estimate that comparable store sales, as adjusted for only the period of time stores were
open in both fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, were approximately flat for fiscal 2020.  Additionally, to provide a comparable measure for our
continuing  stores,  we  calculated  comparable  store  sales  excluding  the  period  of  time  stores  were  closed  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19
pandemic,  as  well  as  excluding  sales  for  the  stores  we  plan  to  permanently  close,  and  estimate  that  comparable  store  sales,  as  further
adjusted, declined approximately 1.3% for fiscal 2020.   Sales per square foot for the year ended June 30, 2020 were $102, a decrease of
11.3% from the period ended June 30, 2019.  We utilize key performance indicators, such as those described above, to evaluate performance
of our business.  These measures are defined as described above and throughout management’s discussion and analysis.  

Gross margin for fiscal 2020 was 32.6%, compared to 35.0% for fiscal 2019.

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  (SG&A)  for  fiscal  2020  decreased  $32.2  million  to  $330.6  million,  from  $362.8  million  for
fiscal 2019.

Impairment and abandonment charges were $105.2 million during fiscal 2020, and related to our permanent store closing plan along with our
decision to close our Phoenix distribution center.

Restructuring costs, excluding impairment and abandonment charges, were $8.3 million during fiscal 2020, and included compensation costs
related to a reorganization reduction in force completed prior to the filing of our Chapter 11 Cases along with professional fees incurred prior
to the filings.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

Reorganization items were $3.6 million during fiscal 2020, and included professional fees incurred after and as a direct result of the filing of
our Chapter 11 Cases.

Our operating loss for fiscal 2020 was $159.2 million compared to an operating loss of $10.5 million for fiscal 2019. The operating loss in the
current year was primarily the result of the significant impairment and abandonment charges recognized for the approved permanent store
and  Phoenix  distribution  center  closures,  and  lower  net  sales  which  were  significantly  driven  by  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,
along with restructuring costs as well as reorganization costs resulting from the filing of our Chapter 11 Cases.

Our net loss for fiscal 2020 was $166.3 million, or diluted net loss per share of $3.68 compared to a net loss for fiscal 2019 of $12.4 million,
or diluted net loss per share of $0.28.

As shown under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below, EBITDA was negative $135.3 million for fiscal 2020, compared to
positive $16.4 million for fiscal 2019. Adjusted EBITDA, was negative $15.4 million for fiscal 2020 compared to positive $20.0 million for
fiscal 2019.

Inventory levels at June 30, 2020 decreased $123.0 million to $114.9 million from $237.9 million at June 30, 2019. The decrease in inventory
as  compared  to  June  30,  2019  was  driven  primarily  by  the  disruption  to  our  business  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  including  the
liquidation of inventory at our stores identified for permanent closure. While our supply chain recommenced operations in mid-June 2020, the
disruption to inventory flow is immense.  Inventory turnover for the trailing five quarters as of June 30, 2020 was 2.8 turns, compared to the
trailing five quarter turnover as of June 30, 2019 of 2.7 turns.

Cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 2020 increased $35.3 million to $46.7 million from $11.4 million at June 30, 2019. We had remaining
outstanding borrowings of $0.1 million under our Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement (as defined below) at June 30, 2020 and borrowings of
$34.7 million at June 30, 2019.  There were no outstanding borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility at June 30, 2020.  Total liquidity, defined
as cash and cash equivalents plus the $33.0 million availability for borrowing under the DIP ABL Facility, was $79.7 million as of June 30,
2020.  In early July 2020, an additional $25 million of additional borrowing capacity became available upon our execution of the DIP Term
Facility.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected statement of operations data, expressed as a percentage of net sales, as well as the

number of stores open at the end of each period. There can be no assurance that the trends in sales or operating results will continue in the future.

Net sales
Cost of sales

Gross margin

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Restructuring, impairment, and abandonment charges

Operating loss

Interest expense
Reorganization items, net
Other income
Income tax provision/(benefit)
Net loss
Number of stores open at end of period

2020

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2019

2018

100.0%  
67.4 
32.6%  
37.8 
13.0 
(18.2%)  
(0.4)
(0.4)
0.0 
0.0 
(19.0%)  
685 

100.0%   
65.0 
35.0%   
36.0 
0.0 
(1.0%)
(0.2)
0.0 
0.1 
0.0 
(1.2%)
714 

100.0%
66.1 
33.9%
36.0 
0.0 
(2.1%)
(0.2)
0.0 
0.1 
(0.0)
(2.2%)
726  

See Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements herein for a discussion of restructuring, impairment, and abandonment charges, as

well as reorganization items.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We  define  EBITDA  as  net  income  or  net  loss  before  interest,  income  taxes,  depreciation,  and  amortization.  Adjusted  EBITDA  reflects  further
adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including certain non-cash items and other items that we believe are not representative of
our  core  operating  performance.  These  measures  are  not  presentations  made  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  should  not  be
considered as alternatives to net income or loss as a measure of operating performance. In addition, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not presented as,
and should not be considered as, alternatives to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation,
or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results
will be unaffected by such adjustments. We believe it is useful for investors to see these EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA measures that management uses
to evaluate our operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are included to supplement our financial information presented in accordance
with  GAAP  and  because  we  use  these  measures  to  monitor  and  evaluate  the  performance  of  our  business  as  a  supplement  to  GAAP  measures  and  we
believe the presentation of these non-GAAP measures enhances investors’ ability to analyze trends in our business and evaluate our performance. EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. The non-GAAP
measures presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

The following table reconciles net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, each of which

is a non-GAAP financial measure (in thousands):

Net loss (GAAP)
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense, net
Income tax provision
EBITDA (non-GAAP)
Share-based compensation expense  (1)
Cease-use rent expense  (2)
Reorganization expenses (3)
Restructuring, impairment and abandonment charges (4)
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

(166,328)   $
27,019   
3,823   
221   
(135,265)  
2,720   
—   
3,619   
113,492   
(15,434)   $

(12,440)
26,127 
2,435 
246 
16,368 
3,536 
70 
— 
— 
19,974  

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Adjustment includes charges related to share-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on volume, timing and
vesting of awards. We adjust for these charges to facilitate comparisons from period to period.

Adjustment includes accelerated rent expense recognized in relation to closing stores prior to lease termination.  In fiscal 2019, few stores were
closed prior to lease termination.  While accelerated rent expense may occur in future periods, the amount and timing of such expenses will vary
from period to period.

Adjustment includes only incremental professional fees incurred after and as a direct result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases.  

Adjustment  includes  only  certain  restructuring  expenses  incurred  prior  to  the  filing  of  the  Chapter  11  Cases,  including  professional  fees  and
compensation  costs  related  to  a  reorganization  reduction  in  force  completed  prior  to  the  filing  of  the  Chapter  11  Cases,  and  also  includes
impairment and abandonment charges related to the permanent closure plan for stores and our Phoenix distribution center.

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019

Our net sales for the third quarter of fiscal 2020 were significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Net sales were $874.9 million
in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  $1,007  million  in  fiscal  2019.  On  March  25,  2020,  we  temporarily  closed  all  of  our  stores  nationwide,  severely  reducing
revenues  and  resulting  in  significant  operating  losses  and  the  elimination  of  substantially  all  operating  cash  flow.  Comparable  store  sales  decreased
11.8%.  New stores are included in the same store sales calculation starting with the sixteenth month following the date of the store opening.  A store that
relocates  within  the  same  geographic  market  or  modifies  its  available  retail  space  is  generally  considered  the  same  store  for  purposes  of  this
computation.  All stores that were temporarily closed due to the pandemic continued to be included in the computation of comparable store sales for fiscal
2020, thereby negatively impacting comparable store sales.  The decrease in comparable store sales was comprised of a decrease in customer transactions
of 11.5% along with a decrease in average ticket of 0.4%.  Non-comparable store sales decreased by a total of $16.9 million and resulted in a 130 basis
point negative impact on net sales.  Non-comparable store sales include the net effect of sales from

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
new stores and sales from stores that have closed.  The non-comparable store sales decrease was driven by 30 store closings, partially offset by one store
opening, which have occurred  since  the  end  of  fiscal 2019.    To  provide  a  further  assessment  of  our  performance  and  a  more  comparable  performance
indicator, we calculated comparable store sales excluding the period of time stores were closed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and estimate that
comparable  store  sales,  as  adjusted  for  only  the  period  of  time  stores  were  open  in  both  fiscal  2020  and  fiscal  2019,  were  approximately  flat  for  fiscal
2020.  Additionally, to provide a comparable measure for our continuing stores, we calculated comparable store sales excluding the period of time stores
were closed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as excluding sales for the stores we plan to permanently close, and estimate that comparable
store sales, as further adjusted, declined approximately 1.3% for fiscal 2020.

Gross profit for fiscal 2020 was $284.9 million, a decrease of 19.1% compared to $352.3 million for fiscal 2019. As a percentage of net sales, gross
margin decreased to 32.6% in fiscal 2020 compared with 35.0% in fiscal 2019. The decrease in gross margin was primarily a result of higher markdowns,
primarily driven by liquidation markdowns at closing stores, along with higher recognized supply chain and transportation costs.

SG&A decreased to $330.6 million in fiscal 2020, compared to $362.8 million in the same period last year.  The decrease was due to lower labor
costs, incentive compensation  and  retention  costs,  as  well  as  reduced  advertising,  driven  in  part  by  the  temporary  store  closures  and  cost  management
initiatives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.  As a percentage of net sales, SG&A increased to 37.8% for fiscal 2020, versus 36.0% in the prior year,
deleveraging significantly, as impacted by the negative impact on sales in the current year quarter due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Restructuring,  impairment  and  abandonment  charges,  were  $113.5  million  during  fiscal  2020  and  were  primarily  related  to  our  permanent  store
closing plan along with our decision to close our Phoenix distribution center, as well as compensation costs related to a reorganization reduction in force
completed prior to the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases and pre-filing incremental professional fees.

Our operating loss was $159.2 million during fiscal 2020 as compared to an operating loss of $10.5 million for fiscal 2019, an increase of $148.7
million. The operating loss in the current year was primarily the result of the significant impairment and abandonment charges recognized for the approved
permanent store and Phoenix distribution center closures, and lower net sales which were significantly driven by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic,
along with restructuring costs as well as reorganization costs resulting from the filing of our Chapter 11 Cases.

Interest expense increased $1.3 million to $3.8 million in fiscal 2020 compared to $2.5 million in the prior year, as a result of higher interest rates on
our revolving credit facility and increased borrowings during fiscal 2020, as well as the acceleration of financing costs as a result of reduced borrowing
capacity driven by both a lower commitment and a reduced term.  Other income was $0.6 million in fiscal 2020 compared to $0.8 million in fiscal 2019.

Income tax expense for fiscal 2020 was $221,000 compared to income tax expense of $246,000 in fiscal 2019.  The effective tax rates for fiscal
2020 and 2019 were (0.1%) and (2.0%), respectively. We currently believe the expected effects on future year effective tax rates to continue to be nominal
until the cumulative losses and valuation allowance are fully utilized.  A full valuation allowance is currently recorded against substantially all of our net
deferred tax assets at June 30, 2020.  The total valuation allowance at the end of fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $67.6 million, $27.5 million and
$23.7  million,  respectively.  A  deviation  from  the  customary  relationship  between  income  tax  benefit  and  pretax  income  results  from  utilization  of  the
valuation allowance.

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2018

For a discussion of fiscal 2019 results of operations as compared to fiscal 2018 results of operations, please refer to Part II, Item 7, Management’s
Discussion of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, filed with the SEC on August 22,
2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

In  fiscal  2020,  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $93.9  million,  compared  to  $19.6  million  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  The  increase  in  cash
provided by operating activities for fiscal 2020 was primarily the result of a $126.4 million larger decrease in inventory.  This increase was partially offset
by our higher net loss of $153.9 million in fiscal 2020, adjusted for the non-cash impacts of asset impairment and abandonment charges, totaling $105.2
million, as well as a $9.6 million cash outlay for July rents, which were paid at the end of June, and a $4.5 million higher cash usage in accounts payable
and accrued liabilities.

28

 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  fiscal  2020  and  2019  related  primarily  to  capital  expenditures.    Our  capital  expenditures  are  generally
associated with store relocations, expansions and new store openings, capital improvements to existing stores, as well as enhancements to our distribution
center facilities, equipment, and systems along with improvements related to technology and equipment.  Cash used in investing activities totaled $13.9
million and $16.3 million for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Prior year spending primarily related to our store real estate strategy, while current year
spending reflects reduced real estate project activity and increased investment in our distribution center facilities as well as in technology.

We currently expect to incur capital expenditures, net of construction allowances received from landlords, of approximately $6 million to $8 million
in fiscal year 2021, which reflects reduced capital spending as one of the liquidity preservation measures we have taken due to the financial impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities of $44.7 million in fiscal 2020 was related to $34.6 in net repayments on our revolving credit facility, a $5.0
million lower cash overdraft provision, and the payment of $4.9 million in financing costs related to obtaining debtor-in-possession financing. Net  cash
used in financing activities of $1.4 million in fiscal 2019 related to $3.8 million of net repayments on our revolving credit facility, $0.6 million of financing
costs related to the January 2019 amendment and extension of our revolving credit facility, and $0.2 million of capital lease principal payments, partially
offset by a $3.2 cash overdraft provision.  

Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement

We are party to a credit agreement providing for an asset-based, five year senior secured revolving credit facility in the original amount of up to
$180.0  million  that  was  scheduled  to  mature  on  January  29,  2024  (the  “Pre-Petition  ABL  Credit  Agreement”).  The  availability  of  funds  under  the  Pre-
Petition ABL Credit Agreement was limited to the lesser of a calculated borrowing base and the lenders’ aggregate commitments under the Pre-Petition
ABL Credit Agreement. Our indebtedness under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets.

As of June 30, 2020, we had $0.1 million remaining outstanding under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement, as required by the DIP ABL Credit

Agreement.  See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements herein and “Liquidity” below for additional information.

Liquidity

Historically, we have financed our operations with funds generated from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, and borrowings

under our Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  will  continue  to  have,  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  store  traffic,  employee  availability,
financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  liquidity  and  cash  flow.   As  of  March  25,  2020,  we  temporarily  closed  all  of  our  stores  nationwide,  severely
reducing revenues and resulting in significant operating losses and the elimination of substantially all operating cash flow.

The filing of the Chapter 11 Cases was an event of default under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement, making all amounts outstanding under the
Pre-Petition  ABL  Credit  Agreement  immediately  due  and  payable  and  no  additional  borrowings  are  available  under  the  Pre-Petition  ABL  Credit
Agreement.  As of June 30, 2020, the remaining outstanding amounts under the existing agreement are reflected as a current liability in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet.

To provide for liquidity during the Chapter 11 Cases, we have entered into agreements for debtor-in-possession financing.  On May 29, 2020, in
accordance  with  an  order  of  the  Bankruptcy  Court,  Debtors  entered  into  the  DIP  ABL  Credit  Agreement,  which  provides  for  a  super  priority  secured
debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $100 million.  Under the terms of the DIP ABL Credit Agreement, amounts
available for advances are subject to a borrowing base generally consistent with the borrowing base under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement, subject
to certain agreed upon exceptions. The DIP ABL Credit Agreement requires that all proceeds of advances under the DIP ABL Facility be used only for
ordinary course general corporate and working capital purposes, costs of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, certain professional fees and fees and
expenses  relating  to  the  DIP  ABL  Facility,  in  each  case,  in  accordance  with  a  cash  flow  budget  that  will  be  updated  periodically,  subject  to  certain
permitted variances. The DIP ABL Credit Agreement requires that all cash received by us (other than proceeds of the DIP ABL Facility) be applied to
repay outstanding amounts under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement.

29

 
 
The  DIP  ABL  Facility  contains  customary  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  for  debtor-in-possession  financings.    In  addition,  the  DIP  ABL
Facility requires us to, among other things, maintain certain minimum liquidity requirements, and receive approval of a plan of reorganization or sale of
substantially all of our assets through the Chapter 11 process by agreed upon deadlines.

The  commitments  of  the  lenders  under  the  DIP  ABL  Facility  terminate  and  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  DIP  ABL  Facility  mature  at  the
earliest of the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Petition Date; the date of consummation of the sale of all or substantially all of our
assets; the effective date of a plan of reorganization; or upon the occurrence of an event of default under the DIP ABL Credit Agreement or such other date
as the outstanding borrowings under the DIP Facility are accelerated.

As  of  June  30,  2020,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  $46.7  million  and  total  liquidity,  defined  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents  plus  borrowing
availability, was $79.7 million as of June 30, 2020, which includes $33.0 million available for borrowing under the DIP ABL Facility.  In early July 2020,
an additional $25 million of additional borrowing capacity became available upon our execution of the DIP DDTL Agreement.

As discussed above, in mid-June 2020, we commenced the process to close 132 store locations in a first wave of store closings.  By the end of July,
all  of  these  stores  were  permanently  closed.    In  mid-July  2020,  we  began  the  process  to  close  an  additional  65  stores  following  negotiations  with  our
landlords. We also began the process to close our Phoenix, Arizona distribution center and expect the closure to be completed early in fiscal 2021. These
store closures will have an impact on our operating cash flows.

Please refer to Note 1, Note 3 and Note 12 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Chapter 11

Cases as well as for a discussion of the DIP ABL Facility and the DIP Term Facility.

Although we are seeking to address our liquidity concerns through the Chapter 11 Cases, the approval of a plan of reorganization or the sale of all or
substantially all of our assets is not within our control and uncertainty remains as to whether the Bankruptcy Court will approve a plan of reorganization or
a sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

We have concluded that our financial condition and our projected operating results, our need to satisfy certain financial and other covenants in our
debtor-in-possession  financing,  our  need  to  implement  a  restructuring  plan  and  receive  new  financing,  and  the  risks  and  uncertainties  surrounding  the
COVID-19 pandemic and the Chapter 11 Cases raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.  We believe that our plans, already
implemented  and  continuing  to  be  implemented,  will  mitigate  the  conditions  and  events  that  have  raised  substantial  doubt  about  the  entity’s  ability  to
continue as a going concern.  However, due to the uncertainty around the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related disruption to our
business and financial impacts, and because our plans, including those in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, are not yet finalized, fully executed, or
approved by the Bankruptcy Court, they cannot be deemed probable of mitigating this substantial doubt.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  is  based  upon  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments
that affect the reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, sales and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On a recurring
basis, we evaluate our significant estimates which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under
the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated

financial statements.

Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets—We  evaluate  long-lived  assets,  principally  property  and  equipment,  as  well  as  lease  right-of-use  assets
subsequent to the adoption of ASC 842, for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying values may not
be  recoverable.    Management's  judgments  regarding  the  existence  of  impairment  indicators  are  based  on  market  conditions  and  financial
performance.  Indicators of impairment may also include the planned closure of a store or facility, among others.  The results of our fourth quarter fiscal
2020 impairment analysis indicated an impairment of our property and equipment as well as operating lease right-of-use assets at approximately 200 of our
stores along with property and equipment of our Phoenix distribution center facility totaling $80.1 million, which is included in restructuring costs in the
statement of operations.  The impairments were the result of closing plans for these stores and the Phoenix distribution center.

30

 
Impairment is indicated when the sum of the estimated future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, is less than the asset’s (asset group’s) carrying
amount.    Then,  when  the  fair  value  of  the  estimated  future  cash  flows,  on  a  discounted  basis,  is  less  than  carrying  amount,  an  impairment  charge  is
recorded.  The testing of an asset group for recoverability involves assumptions regarding the future cash flows of the asset group, the growth rate of those
cash flows, and the remaining useful life over which an asset group is expected to generate cash flows.  In the event we determine an asset group is not
recoverable,  the  measurement  of  an  estimated  impairment  loss  involves  a  number  of  management  judgments,  including  the  selection  of  an  appropriate
discount rate, as well as various unobservable inputs incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value.  These assumptions are required to
be  consistent  with  market  participant  assumptions.    Fair  value  determinations  require  considerable  judgment  and  are  sensitive  to  changes  in  underlying
assumptions and factors.  Key market participant assumptions used for purposes of determining the fair value of our long-lived assets, including lease right-
of-use assets, in connection with the fiscal 2020 impairment discussed above included market rent assumptions and the discount rate.

If  actual  results  are  not  consistent  with  our  estimates  and  assumptions  used  to  calculate  estimated  future  cash  flows,  we  may  be  exposed  to
impairment losses that could be material.  Additionally, we can provide no assurance that we will not have additional impairment charges in future periods
as a result of changes in our operating results or assumptions.

Our property and equipment, combined with our operating lease right-of-use assets totaled $327.1 million as of June 30, 2020, or approximately
65% of total assets, which reflects the impact of the $80.1 million impairment recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.  Impairment charges recorded in
fiscal 2019 were not material.

Inventory—Our  inventories  consist  of  finished  goods  and  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  using  the  retail  inventory  method  for  store
inventory  and  the  specific  identification  method  for  warehouse  inventory.  We  have  a  perpetual  inventory  system  that  tracks  on-hand  inventory  and
inventory sold at a SKU level. Inventory is relieved and cost of goods sold is recorded based on the current cost of the item sold. Buying, distribution,
freight  and  certain  other  costs  are  capitalized  as  part  of  inventory  and  are  charged  to  cost  of  sales  as  the  related  inventory  is  sold.  The  retail  inventory
method,  which  is  used  by  a  number  of  our  competitors,  involves  management  estimates  with  regard  to  items  such  as  markdowns.  Such  estimates  may
significantly impact the ending inventory valuation at cost as well as the amount of gross margin recognized.

Our  stores  conduct  annual  physical  inventories,  staggered  during  the  second  half  of  the  fiscal  year.  During  periods  in  which  physical  inventory
observations do not occur, we utilize an estimate for recording inventory shrink based on the historical results of our previous physical inventories. In the
second half of fiscal 2020, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic including our temporary store closures, we conducted physical inventories at a
portion  of  our  stores  sufficient  to  validate  the  existence  of  inventory  in  our  stores  and  the  accuracy  of  our  estimated  shrink  reserve  rate.   We  have  loss
prevention and inventory controls programs that we believe minimize shrink. The estimated shrink rate may require a favorable or unfavorable adjustment
to  actual  results  to  the  extent  that  our  subsequent  actual  physical  inventory  results  yield  a  different  result.  Although  inventory  shrink  rates  have  not
fluctuated significantly in recent years, if the actual rate were to differ from our estimates, then an adjustment to inventory shrink would be required.

Inventory is one of the largest assets on our balance sheet and represented approximately 23%, 64%, and 62% of total assets at June 30, 2020, 2019,
and 2018, respectively. Total inventory decreased $123.0 million or 51.7% from June 30, 2019 to June 30, 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and
the  disruption  to  our  retail  and  supply  chain  operations,  including  the  liquidation  of  inventory  at  our  closing  stores.  Total  inventory  increased  5.6%,  or
$12.5  million,  from  June  30,  2018  to  June  30,  2019.  On  a  per  store  basis,  store  inventory  decreased  50.8%  from  June  30,  2019  to  June  30,  2020  and
increased 3.2% from June 30, 2018 to June 30, 2019.

Markdowns—We  utilize  markdowns  to  promote  the  effective  and  timely  sale  of  merchandise  which  allows  us  to  consistently  provide  new
merchandise  to  our  customers.  We  also  utilize  markdowns  coupled  with  promotional  events  to  drive  traffic  and  stimulate  sales.  Markdowns  may  be
temporary  or  permanent.  Temporary  markdowns  are  for  a  designated  period  of  time  with  markdowns  recorded  to  cost  of  sales  based  on  quantities  sold
during  the  period.  Permanent  markdowns  are  charged  to  cost  of  sales  immediately  based  on  the  total  quantities  on  hand  at  the  time  of  the  markdown.
Markdowns and damages were 5.9% in fiscal 2020 and were 4.5% in fiscal 2019.  The increase in fiscal year 2020 was primarily related to the markdowns
taken in conjunction with our store closure going out of business sales.  Markdowns may vary throughout the quarter or year in timing.

The  effect  of  a  1.0%  markdown  in  the  value  of  our  inventory  at  June  30,  2020  would  result  in  a  decline  in  gross  profit  and  a  reduction  in  our

earnings per share for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 of $1.1 million and $0.02, respectively.

31

 
Insurance  and  Self‑Insurance  Reserves—We  use  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self‑insurance  plans  to  provide  for  the  potential  liabilities
associated with workers’ compensation, general liability, property insurance, director and officers’ liability insurance, vehicle liability and employee health
care benefits. Our stop loss limits per claim are $500,000 for workers’ compensation, $250,000 for general liability, and $150,000 for medical. Liabilities
associated with the risks that are retained by us are estimated, in part, by historical claims experience, severity factors and the use of loss development
factors by third-party actuaries.

The insurance liabilities we record are primarily influenced by the frequency and severity of claims and include a reserve for claims incurred but not
yet  reported.  Our  estimated  reserves  may  be  materially  different  from  our  future  actual  claim  costs,  and,  when  required  adjustments  to  our  estimated
reserves are identified, the liability will be adjusted accordingly in that period. Our self‑insurance reserves for workers’ compensation, general liability and
medical were $8.4 million, $1.3 million, and $0.9 million, respectively, at June 30, 2020 and $8.2 million, $1.1 million, and $0.9 million, respectively, at
June 30, 2019.

We  recognize  insurance  expenses  based  on  the  date  of  an  occurrence  of  a  loss  including  the  actual  and  estimated  ultimate  costs  of  our  claims.
Claims  paid  reduce  our  reserves  and  our  current  period  insurance  expense  is  adjusted  for  the  difference  in  prior  period  recorded  reserves  and  actual
payments.  Current  period  insurance  expenses  also  include  the  amortization  of  our  premiums  paid  to  our  insurance  carriers.  Expenses  for  workers’
compensation,  general  liability  and  medical  insurance  were  $2.7  million,  $3.3  million  and  $8.7  million,  respectively,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,
2020; $2.1 million, $2.3 million and $7.9 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019; and $5.3 million, $2.9 million and $6.4 million,
respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

Income  taxes—We  account  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are
determined based on differences between financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and
laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. A
valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. In
assessing the need for a valuation allowance, all available evidence is considered including past operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary
differences, estimates of future income and tax planning strategies. We have elected to utilize the “with and without” method for purposes of determining
when excess tax benefits will be realized. We are subject to income tax in many jurisdictions, including the United States, various states and localities. At
any point in time, we may not be subject to audit by any of the various jurisdictions; however, we record estimated reserves for uncertain tax benefits for
potential  domestic  tax  audits.  The  timing  of  these  audits  and  negotiations  with  taxing  authorities  may  affect  the  ultimate  settlement  of  these  issues.  If
different assumptions had been used, our tax expense or benefit, assets and liabilities could have varied from recorded amounts. If actual results differ from
estimated results or if we adjust these assumptions in the future, we may need to adjust our reserves for uncertain tax benefits or our deferred tax assets or
liabilities, which could impact our effective tax rate.

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off‑balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2020.

Contractual Obligations

The  following  table  summarizes  our  contractual  obligations  at  June  30,  2020  and  the  effects  that  such  obligations  are  expected  to  have  on  our

liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):    

Contractual Obligations
Operating leases
Maintenance, insurance and taxes on operating
   leases
Finance leases
Borrowings under Pre-Petition ABL Credit
   Agreement
Interest and commitment fees on DIP ABL
   Credit Agreement
Total

Total

1 Year
or Less

Payments Due by Period
2 - 3
Years

4 - 5
Years

More than
5 Years

  $

433,541 

 $

89,598 

 $

146,106 

 $

108,697 

 $

89,140 

102,163 
723 

100 

21,083 
383 

100 

34,247 
330 

— 

25,374 
10 

— 

21,459 
— 

— 

301 
536,828 

 $

301 
111,465 

 $

— 
180,683 

 $

— 
134,081 

 $

— 
110,599

  $

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Contractually  required  payments  for  maintenance,  insurance  and  taxes  on  our  leased  properties  are  estimated  as  a  percentage  of  rent  based  on
historical trends. These amounts can vary based on multiple factors including inflation, macroeconomic conditions, various local tax rates and appraised
values of our rental properties. The operating lease obligations include the lease obligations of our new, additional distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona
opened  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2016.  We  do  not  consider  most  merchandise  purchase  orders  to  be  contractual  obligations  due  to  designated
cancellation dates on the face of the purchase order.

Commitment fees and interest on the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement were calculated based on contractual commitment fees, standby letter of
credit fees, and interest based on outstanding balances.  As of June 30, 2020, the outstanding balance on the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement was $0.1
million and was no longer subject to unused commitment fees and interest.

Commitment fees and interest on the DIP ABL Credit Agreement are calculated based on contractual commitment fees, standby letter of credit fees,
and interest based on any outstanding balances on the DIP ABL Credit Agreement.  As of June 30, 2020, there were no balances outstanding and letters of
credit totaled 8.8 million. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" above.  The interest and commitment fees on our DIP ABL Credit Agreement reflect the
future cash requirements for interest payments until maturity and incorporates the interest rates in effect as of June 30, 2020. The interest on the letter of
credit utilization and unused commitments are fixed at 3.125% and 0.5%, respectively.

We have not included other long-term liabilities related to self-insurance reserves in the contractual obligations table, as they do not represent cash
requirements  arising  from  contractual  payment  obligations.  While  self-insurance  reserves  represent  an  estimate  of  our  future  obligation  and  not  a
contractual  payment  obligation,  we  have  disclosed  our  self-insurance  reserves  under  "Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates  -  Insurance  and  Self-
Insurance Reserves."

Quarterly Results and Seasonality

The  tables  in  Note  10  in  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  set  forth  certain  quarterly  financial  data  for  the  eight  quarters  ended
June 30, 2020. The quarterly information is unaudited, but has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included elsewhere in
this  Form  10‑K.  We  believe  that  all  necessary  adjustments  (consisting  only  of  normal  recurring  adjustments)  have  been  included  to  present  fairly  the
unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10‑K.
The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.  Please refer to Note 10 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Our  quarterly  results  of  operations  may  fluctuate  based  upon  such  factors  as  the  number  and  timing  of  store  openings,  the  amount  of  net  sales
contributed by new and existing stores, the mix of merchandise sold, pricing, store closings or relocations, competitive factors and general economic and
weather‑related conditions. The timing of advertised and promotional events could impact the weighting of sales between quarters. We expect to continue
to  experience  seasonal  fluctuations  in  our  business,  with  a  significant  percentage  of  our  net  sales  and  operating  income  being  generated  in  the  quarter
ending December 31, which includes the holiday selling season.  Our results for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2020 were negatively impacted by
the COVID-19 pandemic.

Inflation

In our opinion, the overall impact of inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations in any of the fiscal years of 2020, 2019, or

2018. We cannot assure that inflation will not materially affect our results of operations in the future.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

33

 
 
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not required.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The following consolidated financial statements of Tuesday Morning Corporation and its subsidiaries and Report of Independent Registered Public

Accounting Firm are included in this Form 10‑K and incorporated herein by reference.

Index
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Page
Number

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  principal  executive  officer  and  our  principal  financial  officer,  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the
design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  June  30,  2020.    The  term  “disclosure  controls  and  procedures,”  as  defined  in
Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Act”),  means  controls  and  other  procedures  of  a  company  that  are
designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  a  company  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,
processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without
limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under
the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or
persons  performing  similar  functions,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  Based  on  the  evaluation  of  our  disclosure
controls  and  procedures  as  of  June  30,  2020,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that,  as  of  such  date,  our  disclosure
controls  and  procedures  were  not  effective  at  the  reasonable  assurance  level  due  to  the  material  weakness  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
described below in “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.”

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Tuesday Morning is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rule 13a‑15(f) or Rule 15(d)‑15(f) under the Exchange Act. Tuesday Morning’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately
and fairly reflect our transactions and the dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  that  our  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being
made only in accordance with appropriate authorizations; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of an evaluation of
effectiveness  for  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our management (with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer) assessed the effectiveness of Tuesday
Morning’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2020.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on
this assessment, and the material weakness identified below, management concluded that, as of June 30, 2020, Tuesday Morning did not maintain effective
internal control over financial reporting.

A  material  weakness  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  under  the  Exchange  Act)  is  a  deficiency,  or  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over
financial  reporting,  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  of  our  annual  or  interim  financial  statements  will  not  be
prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We identified a material weakness in internal control related to ineffective assessment of impairment of long-lived assets.  Management’s estimation
of fair value did not appropriately utilize market participant assumptions.   The material weakness resulted in a material misstatement in our June 30, 2020
financial statements which was identified and corrected prior to filing.  There were no restatements of prior period financial statements and no change in
previously released financial results were required as the result of the control deficiency.

We are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment and implementing measures designed to help ensure that control deficiencies
contributing  to  the  material  weakness  are  remediated.    We  are  designing  and  implementing  our  remediation  plan  for  the  material  weakness  in  internal
control  over  financial  reporting  described  above,  which  includes  steps  to  improve  the  operation  and  monitoring  of  control  activities  and  procedures
associated with our impairment assessment.  We will consider the material weakness remediated after the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period
of time, and management has concluded, through testing, that the controls are operating effectively.

Following identification of the material weakness and prior to filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we completed additional procedures for the
year ended June 30, 2020.  Based on these procedures, management believes that our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K have
been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    Our  principal  executive  officer  and  our  principal  financial  officer  have
certified that, based on their knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Form 10-K, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this Form 10-K. Ernst & Young
LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an unqualified opinion on our financial statements, which is included in
page F‑2 of this Form 10‑K.

Ernst  &  Young  LLP,  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  issued  an  attestation  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  the

Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2020. The report follows on the next page.

35

 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tuesday Morning Corporation

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We  have  audited  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal
Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO
criteria).  In  our  opinion,  because  of  the  effect  of  the  material  weakness  described  below  on  the  achievement  of  the  objectives  of  the  control  criteria,
Tuesday Morning Corporation (the Company) has not maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30,
2020, based on the COSO criteria.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility
that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following
material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment: Management has identified a material weakness in controls related to the
Company’s impairment assessment of long-lived assets.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated
balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2020, and the related notes. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing
and  extent  of  audit  tests  applied  in  our  audit  of  the  fiscal  year  2020  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  this  report  does  not  affect  our  report  dated
September 14, 2020, which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas
September 14, 2020

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements

The report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the consolidated financial statements is included in page F‑2 of this Form 10‑K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than the identification of the material weakness discussed above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that occurred during our fourth fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

On  September  8,  2020,  Trent  E.  Taylor,  provided  the  Company  with  notice  of  his  resignation  as  Chief  Information  Officer  and  Executive  Vice

President, Supply Chain and Inventory Management, effective September 25, 2020.

37

 
 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors of the Company

PART III

Terry Burman,  age  74,  joined  the  Board  of  Tuesday  Morning  as  a  director  in  February  2013,  and  has  served  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  the
Company  since  December  2015.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Burman  served  as  Lead  Independent  Director  and  a  member  of  the  Office  of  the  Chairman  from
September 2015 to December 2015. Mr. Burman has served as the Non‑Executive Chairman of the Board of Abercrombie & Fitch Co., a clothing retailer,
since  February  2018  and  prior  to  that  as  Lead  Independent  Director  since  May  2017  and  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Abercrombie  &  Fitch  Co.  since
January 2014. He has been a director of Learning Care Group, a privately‑held company operating over 900 learning and daycare centers in the United
States, since July 2014. He has been a board member of the St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital Board of Governors since July 2004 and has served as
Chairman of the Board since July 1, 2020. Mr. Burman has also served as a board member of ALSAC, the fundraising organization of St. Jude, since July
2004 and on the Board of Trustees of the Norman Rockwell Museum since September 2016. Mr. Burman served as Chairman of the Board and a director of
Zale Corporation, a jewelry retailer, from May 2013 until it was acquired in May 2014 and served on the Board of Directors of YCC Holdings LLC, a
retailer  of  candles,  fragrances  and  other  products,  from  October  2007  until  it  was  acquired  in  October  2013.  From  March  2001  to  January  2011,
Mr. Burman was the Chief Executive Officer of Signet Jewelers Limited (“Signet”), a specialty jewelry retailer. Mr. Burman joined Signet in 1995 as the
Chairman and CEO of Sterling Jewelers, Inc., a U.S. division of Signet. Mr. Burman also served on the Board of Directors of Signet until January 2011.
Prior  to  joining  Signet,  Mr.  Burman  held  various  senior  executive  positions  of  increasing  responsibility  with  Barry’s  Jewelers,  Inc.,  which  now  does
business as Samuels Jewelers, from 1980 to 1995, including President and Chief Executive Officer from 1993 to 1995. Prior to that, Mr. Burman was a
partner with Roberts Department Stores, a regional department store chain specializing in apparel. In nominating Mr. Burman to serve as a director of the
Company,  the  Board  of  Directors  considered  his  extensive  executive,  financial  and  management  expertise  and  experience,  his  experience  as  a  chief
executive officer in the retail industry, his significant international management experience, and his general business and financial acumen.

Steven R. Becker, age 53, has served as a director of Tuesday Morning since July 2012 and was appointed its Chief Executive Officer in December
2015. Prior to becoming CEO of Tuesday Morning, Mr. Becker served as Chairman of the Board of the Company from July 2012 until September 2015 and
as Executive Chairman and head of the Office of the Chairman from September 2015 until December 2015. Prior to becoming CEO of Tuesday Morning,
Mr. Becker spent 20 years in the investment management industry with a focus on investing in middle market public companies. Mr. Becker has extensive
public  company  board  experience  having  previously  served  as  a  board  member  at  a  variety  of  public  companies  including,  Hot  Topic,  Inc.,  an  apparel
retailer, Ruby Tuesday, a national restaurant company, Emcore, a semiconductor producer, Plato Learning, an educational software company, Pixelworks, a
semiconductor producer, Fuel Systems Solutions, a manufacturer of alternative energy systems, and Special Diversified Opportunities, a holding company
that owns businesses in a variety of industries, among others. Prior to becoming CEO of Tuesday Morning, Mr. Becker was the co‑managing partner at
Becker Drapkin Asset Management, whose predecessor, Greenway Capital, he founded in 2005. From 1997 to 2004, Mr. Becker was a partner at Special
Situations  Funds,  a  New  York  City  based  asset  manager.  Prior  to  joining  Special  Situations  Funds,  Mr.  Becker  was  a  part  of  the  distressed  debt  and
leveraged equities research team at Bankers Trust Securities. Mr. Becker began his career at Manley Fuller Asset Management in New York as a small cap
analyst. In nominating Mr. Becker to serve as a director of the Company, the Board of Directors considered the insights Mr. Becker brings through his prior
service as a director of the Company, his demonstrated leadership and experience as Chief Executive Officer and his extensive financial experience, in both
public and private companies, which provides the Board with valuable expertise in corporate finance, strategic planning, and corporate governance.

James T. Corcoran, age 37, has served as a director of Tuesday Morning since November 2017. He is a Partner at AREX Capital Management, LP,
an investment management firm focused on special situations, activism and catalyst-driven investing. He founded Purple Mountain Capital Partners LLC, a
private investment firm, in 2017 and remains Chief Executive Officer. Prior to founding Purple Mountain Capital Partners LLC, he served as a Principal at
Highfields  Capital  Management,  a  value-oriented  investment  management  firm  in  Boston,  from  2010  to  2016.  Mr.  Corcoran  worked  as  an  investment
banking analyst for Credit Suisse (USA), Inc. in its leveraged finance and restructuring group, from 2006 to 2008, in addition to working in its hedge funds
investment  group,  from  2005  to  2006.  Mr.  Corcoran  received  his  MBA  from  the  Harvard  Business  School  and  his  AB  with  honors  in  Economics  and
Political  Science  from  the  University  of  Chicago  and  is  a  CFA  charterholder.  Mr.  Corcoran  was  nominated  by  the  Board  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a
Cooperation  Agreement  entered  into  with  certain  Company  stockholders  to  settle  a  contested  election  for  directors  at  the  2017  annual  meeting  of
stockholders for the Company.

38

 
 
 
Barry S. Gluck, age 68, has served as a director of Tuesday Morning since January 2017. Mr. Gluck served in various senior management positions
with  Ross  Stores  Inc.  (“Ross”)  from  1989  to  2007,  most  recently  as  Executive  Vice  President  of  Merchandising,  Marketing  and  Store  Planning  and
Allocation. Prior to joining Ross, Mr. Gluck was with Today’s Man as Vice President, General Merchandise Manager and Chief Merchandising Officer and
with Macy’s Department Stores as Vice President Divisional Merchandising Manager. Since 2012, Mr. Gluck has served as the Founder  and  Managing
Director of Gluck Consulting LLC, a management consultant group which focuses primarily on off‑price/value channels. In nominating Mr. Gluck to serve
as  a  director  of  the  Company,  the  Board  considered  his  32  years  of  off‑price  and  value  channel  experience,  his  extensive  executive,  marketing  and
management expertise having served as a chief merchandising officer in the retail industry, and his general business and financial acumen.

Frank M. Hamlin, age 52, has served as a director of Tuesday Morning since April 2014. Mr. Hamlin is currently Executive Vice President, Chief
Customer  Officer  of  GameStop  Corporation  (“GameStop”),  a  global,  multichannel  video  game,  consumer  electronics  and  wireless  services  retailer.
Mr. Hamlin had previously served as Chief Marketing Officer of GameStop from June 2014 to August 2016. Mr. Hamlin served as Chief Marketing Officer
of Spence Diamonds from May 2018 to August 2018 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer for Tailored Brands, Inc., a leading
national  menswear  retailer  from  September  2017  to  May  2018.  Mr.  Hamlin  previously  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  GM,  Marketing  and
E‑Commerce of Guitar Center, Inc., a musical instruments retailer, from June 2010 until May 2014, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of E‑Miles, LLC, an interactive marketing company, from February 2007 to June 2010. From July 2004 until February 2007, he was Director of
Marketing,  Central  Market  Division  for  H.E.  Butt  Grocery,  a  fresh,  specialty  and  prepared  foods  retailer.  Prior  to  that  time,  Mr.  Hamlin  held  various
positions with Brierley & Partners, E‑Rewards, Inc., Arista Records and The Walt Disney Company. In nominating Mr. Hamlin to serve as a director of the
Company, the Board of Directors considered the various senior executive‑level positions he previously held with retail service companies, as well as his
extensive experience in marketing, branding strategy and customer engagement.

Reuben E. Slone, age 57, has served as a director of Tuesday Morning since June 2019. Mr. Slone is currently Executive Vice President, Supply
Chain at Advance Auto Parts, Inc. (NYSE: AAP) and sat on the Board of Directors from March 2016 to October 2018. Mr. Slone is a seasoned supply
chain  executive  with  experience  across  multiple  consumer‑facing  industry  sectors  at  best‑in‑class  companies.  Previous  to  Advance  Auto  Parts  Inc.,
Mr. Slone was Senior Vice President, Supply Chain at Walgreens, a pharmaceutical retailer from May 2012 to October 2018. From November 2004 until
May 2012, Mr. Slone was Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, and General Manager, Services at Office Max. From April 2000 to November 2004,
Mr. Slone held various positions at Whirlpool Corporation including Vice President Global Supply Chain, Vice President North American Region Supply
Chain  and  Vice  President,  Global  eBusiness.  From  February  1997  to  March  2000,  Mr.  Slone  was  eGM  Director,  Global  eSales  and  Director,  Global
Manufacturing  Strategic  Process  and  System  Alignment  at  General  Motors  Corporation.  Prior  to  that  time,  Mr.  Slone  held  various  positions  with
Federal‑Mogul Corporation, Electronic Data Systems, Ernst & Young and Engineering Technology LTD. In nominating Mr. Slone to serve as a director of
the Company, the Board of Directors considered his leadership qualities developed from his experience while serving as a senior supply chain executive
with Advance Auto Parts, Walgreens, Office Max and Whirlpool, his other board experience, as well as his general business and financial acumen.

Sherry M. Smith, age 59, has served as a director of Tuesday Morning since April 2014. Ms. Smith served in various positions with SUPERVALU,
Inc., a grocery retailer and food distributor, from 1987 to 2013. Ms. Smith served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of SUPERVALU,
Inc. from December 2010 until August 2013, and she previously served as Senior Vice President, Finance from 2006 until 2010, Senior Vice President,
Finance and Treasurer from 2002 until 2005, and in various other capacities with SUPERVALU, Inc. prior to 2002. Ms. Smith has served on the Board of
Directors  of  Deere  &  Company,  a  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  agricultural,  turf,  construction  and  forestry  equipment,  since  December  2011,  and
currently serves as a member of the audit committee and finance committee. Ms. Smith has also served on the Board of Directors of Realogy Holdings
Corporation since December 2014, and currently serves on its audit committee and nominating and governance committee. Ms. Smith has served on the
Board of Directors of Piper Sandler Corp since January 2016, and currently serves on its compensation committee and audit committee. From January 2015
to December 2018, Ms. Smith served on the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council (FASAC), a group that advises the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) on strategic issues, project priorities and other matters. In nominating Ms. Smith to serve as a director of the Company, the Board
of  Directors  considered  her  leadership  qualities  developed  from  her  experience  while  serving  as  a  senior  executive  and  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of
SUPERVALU, Inc., the breadth of her experiences in auditing, finance, accounting, compensation, strategic planning, and other areas of oversight, and her
subject matter knowledge in the areas of finance and accounting and other board experience.

Richard S Willis,  age  60,  has  served  as  a  director  of  Tuesday  Morning  since  July  2012.  Since  January  2016,  Mr. Willis  has  served  as  the  Chief
Executive Officer, President and a Director of Pharmaca Integrative Pharmacies, an innovative retail pharmacy that combines traditional pharmacy services
with natural health and beauty products and expert practitioners. From September 2011 through December 2015, Mr. Willis served as the President, Chief
Executive  Officer  and  as  a  director  of  Speed  Commerce,  Inc.  (formerly  Navarre  Corporation),  one  of  the  nation’s  largest  omni  channel,  pure  play,
end‑to‑end e‑commerce solution providers.

39

 
Mr.  Willis  previously  served  as  the  Executive  Chairman  of  Charlotte  Russe,  a  mall‑based  specialty  retailer  of  fashionable,  value‑priced  apparel  and
accessories,  from  January  2011  to  September  2011.  From  2009  to  2011,  Mr.  Willis  served  as  President  of  Shoes  for  Crews,  a  seller  of  slip  resistant
footwear. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Willis was President and Chief Executive Officer of Baker & Taylor Corporation, a global distributor of books, DVDs
and music. Previously, Mr. Willis served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Troll Communications and President and Chief Executive
Officer  of  Bell  Sports.  Mr. Willis  served  four  terms  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Regents  at  Baylor  University.  In  nominating  Mr. Willis  to  serve  as  a
director  of  the  Company,  the  Board  of  Directors  considered  his  considerable  executive  leadership  experience  across  multiple  industries,  including
distribution  businesses  that  serve  retailers  and  their  suppliers,  and  his  significant  expertise  in  operating  businesses  and  directing  transformative  plans,
including executive level experiences of more than 20 years in retail and manufacturing industries.

There have been no changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend candidates for our Board of Directors.

Executive Officers

Stacie R. Shirley

Ms. Shirley, age 51, has served as the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2016.  Prior to joining the
Company,  Ms.  Shirley  served  as  an  executive  director  of  Neiman  Marcus  Group  LTD  LLC,  a  luxury  fashion  retailer,  serving  as  Senior  Vice  President,
Finance and Treasurer from September 2010 until December 2015 and Vice President, Finance and Treasurer from December 2001 until September 2010.
In her most recent position with Neiman Marcus Group, Ms. Shirley’s areas of responsibility included finance, capital markets, treasury operations, capital
planning and forecasting, credit operations, investor relations, risk management and internal audit.  Prior to joining Neiman Marcus Group, Ms. Shirley
served in various capacities at CompUSA Inc. from 1993 to 2001, including service as Vice President, Finance and Treasurer from 1999 for 2001. Ms.
Shirley began her career as an accountant with Ernst &Young in 1990 and is a certified public accountant.

Phillip D. Hixon

Mr. Hixon, age 66, has served as the Company’s Executive Vice President, Store Operations since September 2015 and served as a member of the
Office of the Chairman from September 2015 until the dissolution of that office in December 2015.  From June 2014 to September 2015, Mr. Hixon served
as the Company’s Store Vice President, Store Operations, and from September 2013 to June 2014, Mr. Hixon served as the Company’s Vice President,
Store Planning.   Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hixon served as Vice President of Business Development of Merchco Services, Inc., a provider of retail
store development and support services, from June 2012 until August 2013. From 2011 until 2012 and 2005 until 2006, Mr. Hixon owned and served as
principal of Diversified Resources LLC, where he developed and implemented programs for clients in the areas of strategic planning, effective business
practices, process enhancement and organizational effectiveness. From 2009 until 2011, Mr. Hixon served in the Department of Strategy and Innovation at
Petco Animal Supplies Inc., a specialty retailer of pet supplies.  From 2006 until 2009, Mr. Hixon held various executive positions with DuckWall-Alco
Stores,  Inc.,  a  retail  chain,  including  Senior  Vice  President,  Store  Operations,  Real  Estate,  Store  Development  and  Senior  Vice  President,
Merchandising.  Mr. Hixon served as Vice President, Store Development for Michaels Stores, Inc., a national arts and crafts specialty retailer, from 1987
until 2005.

Trent E. Taylor

Mr. Taylor, age 63, has served as the Company’s Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President, Supply Chain and Inventory Management
since March 2018.  From June 2017 to February 2018, he served as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Chief Information and Inventory Management
Officer, from January 2017 to June 20017 as Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer and Supply Chain Officer, and from April 2016 to January
2017, as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Chief Information Office and Supply Chain Officer.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Taylor served as an
executive officer of hhgregg, a retailer of consumer electronics and home appliances as Chief Information Officer from September 2011 until March 2016.
On March 6, 2017, hhgregg filed for a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. From November 1992 until 2009, Mr. Taylor served in
various roles for the Walgreen Company including Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President of e-commerce.  On September 8, 2020, Mr.
Taylor provided the Company with notice of his resignation as an office of the Company, effective September 25, 2020.

Bridgett C. Zeterberg

Ms.  Zeterberg,  age  57,  has  served  as  the  Company’s  Executive  Vice  President  Human  Resources,  General  Counsel  and  Corporate  Secretary
responsible  for  the  Company’s  legal  matters  and  oversight  of  the  human  resources,  risk  management  and  loss  prevention  functions  since  February
2019.    From  April  2017  to  February  2019,  she  served  as  the  Company’s  Senior  Vice  President  Human  Resources,  General  Counsel  and  Corporate
Secretary. From July 2016 to April 2017, she served as the Company’s Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.  Prior to joining
the Company, Ms. Zeterberg served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Zale Corporation, and as Senior Vice President,
General Counsel of Total Wine & More. Ms. Zeterberg served in various roles for hospitality company Accor North America including Vice President,
Assistant General Counsel and Vice President of Human Resources for the Motel 6 Division.

40

 
 
 
Cooperation Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  Cooperation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  1,  2017  (the  “Cooperation  Agreement”),  among  the  Company,  Jeereddi
II, LP, Purple Mountain Capital Partners LLC and certain of their affiliates, the Company agreed to nominate James T. Corcoran for election to the Board at
the 2017 Annual Meeting. Under the terms of the Cooperation Agreement, Mr. Corcoran agreed to offer his resignation to the Board if at any time the
Jeereddi/PMCP  Group  no  longer  beneficially  owned  at  least  533,344  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  (subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  splits,
reclassifications, combinations and similar adjustments, the “Minimum Ownership Threshold”). In addition, so long as the Jeereddi/PMCP Group met the
Minimum Ownership Threshold, the Jeereddi/PMCP Group was entitled to certain replacement rights during the Standstill Period (as defined below) in the
event Mr. Corcoran is unable to serve as a director.

Also under the terms of the Cooperation Agreement, Jeereddi II agreed to irrevocably withdraw its notice of nomination of candidates for election at

the 2017 Annual Meeting

Further,  under  the  terms  of  the  Cooperation  Agreement,  each  member  of  the  Jeereddi/PMCP  Group  agreed  to  certain  normal  and  customary
standstill provisions during a standstill period, which was defined as the period beginning on the date of the Cooperation Agreement and through the later
of (x) the date that is the first day to submit stockholder nominations for the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders pursuant to the Company’s Bylaws (the
“2019 Advance Notice Date”) and (y) the date that Mr. Corcoran no longer serves on the Board; provided, however, that if Mr. Corcoran resigned for any
reason prior to the 2019 Advance Notice Date, the Standstill Period would continue until the 2019 Advance Notice Date (the “Standstill Period”).

Among  other  things,  the  standstill  provisions  provided  that,  during  the  Standstill  Period,  each  member  of  the  Jeereddi/PMCP  Group  would  not,
among other things, solicit proxies or consents regarding any matter to come before any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or enter into a voting
agreement or any group with stockholders other than affiliates of the Jeereddi/PMCP Group and current group members. In addition, each member of the
Jeereddi/PMCP Group would not seek to make, or encourage any third party in making, any offer or proposal with respect to any tender offer, merger,
acquisition,  amalgamation,  recapitalization,  restructuring,  disposition,  spin‑off,  asset  sale,  joint  venture  or  other  business  combination  involving  the
Company and will not seek, or encourage any person, to submit nominees in furtherance of a contested solicitation for the election or removal of directors.

Each of the parties also agreed to certain mutual non‑disparagement obligations, and the Company agreed to reimburse the Jeereddi/PMCP Group
for its reasonable, documented out‑of‑pocket fees and expenses, including legal expenses, occurred in connection with the matters related to the negotiation
and execution of the Cooperation Agreement, up to a maximum of $25,000.

On July 24, 2019, the Parties amended and restated the cooperation agreement (“A&R Cooperation Agreement”) to extend the term of the Standstill
Period during which the Jeereddi/PMCP Group will remain subject to certain previously disclosed normal and customary standstill provisions, and extend
and  continue  certain  other  matters  related  to  annual  meetings  of  the  stockholders  and  the  continuing  service  of  James  T.  Corcoran  on  the  Board.    Mr.
Corcoran was nominated for election as a director at the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to the terms of the A&R Cooperation Agreement.

On May 6, 2020, the Company was notified that Jeereddi II, LP had reduced its ownership of the Company’s common stock such that the ownership
of the Jeereddi/PMCP Group was below the Minimum Ownership Threshold. In accordance with the terms of the Cooperation Agreement, on May 6, 2020,
Mr. Corcoran offered to resign from his position as a director of the Company. Mr. Corcoran informed the Company that his beneficial ownership of shares
of the Company’s common stock had not changed from that reported in his most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November
22, 2019. On May 8, 2020, the Board of Directors decided not to accept Mr. Corcoran’s offer to resign, and Mr. Corcoran continues to serve as a director of
the Company.

Board of Directors’ Role in Risk Oversight

In the normal course of business, our Company faces a variety of enterprise risks, including operational risks, cyber security risks and liquidity risk.
In fulfilling its risk oversight role, the Board focuses on the adequacy of the Company’s risk management process and overall risk management system. The
Board  believes  an  effective  risk  management  system  will  (1)  adequately  identify  the  material  risks  that  the  Company  faces  in  a  timely  manner,
(2) implement appropriate risk management strategies that are responsive to the Company’s risk profile and specific material risk exposures, (3) integrate
consideration of risk and risk management into business decision‑making throughout the Company and (4) include policies and procedures that adequately
transmit necessary information with respect to material risks to senior executives and, as appropriate, to the Board or relevant committee.

41

 
The Board of Directors oversees the Company’s strategic direction and its policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, as well as
major risk exposures and the process used to manage those exposures. Accordingly, the Board of Directors periodically reviews the risks associated with
the  various  departments  within  the  Company,  in  addition  to  its  other  duties.  The  Board  of  Directors  receives  information  from  Board  committees,
management  and  advisors  regarding  the  Company’s  risk  management  process  and  system,  the  nature  of  the  material  risks  the  Company  faces  and  the
adequacy of the Company’s policies and procedures designed to respond to and mitigate these risks.

Code of Business Conduct

We have adopted a “Code of Business Conduct” that establishes the business conduct to be followed by all of our officers, including our principal
executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting  officer  or  controller,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions  (the  “Senior  Financial
Officers”), and all of our employees and members of our Board and embodies the Company’s principles and practices relating to the ethical conduct of the
Company’s business and its long‑standing commitment to honesty, fair dealing and full compliance with all laws affecting the Company’s business. This
policy is reviewed by the Board annually. Amendments to and waivers from the Code of Conduct with respect to the Senior Financial Officers will be
posted on our website within four business days after approval by the Board. Any waiver from the Code of Conduct with respect to our Senior Financial
Officers requires approval by the Board. There were no waivers from the Code of Conduct with respect to the Senior Financial Officers during the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2020. The Code of Conduct is available on the Company’s website at www.tuesdaymorning.com under “Investor Relations—Corporate
Governance—Corporate Governance Documents.”

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

Each director is expected to devote sufficient time, energy and attention to ensure diligent performance of his or her duties and to attend all Board,
committee and stockholder’s meetings. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the Board of Directors held 17 meetings. Each of our directors attended
more than 75% of the Board and committee meetings held during the fiscal year (or portion of the fiscal year during which he or she served as a director or
committee  member).  Directors  are  encouraged  to  attend  the  Company’s  annual  meeting  of  stockholders.  All  Directors  attended  the  Company’s  2019
Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on November 20, 2019.

The Board has established an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee.

Audit Committee

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the Audit Committee had four members and met seven times. Such members were Richard S Willis, as
Chair,  Frank  M.  Hamlin,  James  T.  Corcoran  and  Reuben  E.  Slone.  All  Audit  Committee  members  were  non‑employee  directors  and  the  Board  has
determined  all  were  independent  pursuant  to  Nasdaq  independence  standards  and  satisfy  the  SEC  requirements  relating  to  the  independence  of  audit
committee members. The Board also determined that all the members of the Audit Committee had the ability to read and understand fundamental financial
statements.

For  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  the  Board  of  Directors  determined  that  Mr. Willis  qualified  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as
defined by applicable SEC rules and designated him as the Company’s audit committee financial expert. The Board has adopted a charter for the Audit
Committee,  which  is  available  on  the  Company’s  website  at  www.tuesdaymorning.com  under  “Investor  Relations—Corporate  Governance—Corporate
Governance  Documents.”  The  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  also  available  in  print  to  any  stockholder  who  requests  a  copy  from  the  Secretary  of  the
Company at 6250 LBJ Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75240.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee has three members and met six times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. The Compensation Committee is

comprised solely of non‑employee directors, all of whom the Board has determined are independent pursuant to Nasdaq independence standards.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the Compensation Committee was comprised of Sherry M. Smith, as Chair, Frank M. Hamlin and Barry S.
Gluck. The Board adopted a charter for the Compensation Committee, which is available on the Company’s website at www.tuesdaymorning.com  under
“Investor Relations—Corporate Governance—Corporate Governance Documents.” The Compensation Committee Charter is also available in print to any
stockholder who requests a copy from the Secretary of the Company at 6250 LBJ Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75240.

42

 
Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee has four members and met four times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. The Nominating and
Governance  Committee  is  comprised  solely  of  non‑employee  directors,  all  of  whom  the  Board  has  determined  are  independent  pursuant  to  Nasdaq
independence standards.

The  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  is  currently  comprised  of  Terry  Burman,  as  Chair,  Richard  S  Willis,  Barry  S.  Gluck  and  James  T.
Corcoran.  The  Board  adopted  a  charter  for  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee,  which  is  available  on  the  Company’s  website  at
www.tuesdaymorning.com  under  “Investor  Relations—Corporate  Governance—Corporate  Governance  Documents.”  The  Nominating  and  Governance
Committee Charter is also available in print to any stockholder who requests a copy from the Secretary of the Company at 6250 LBJ Freeway, Dallas,
Texas 75240.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of our Common Stock to
report their initial ownership of our Common Stock and any subsequent changes in that ownership to the SEC. Specific due dates have been established by
the SEC for the filing of these reports, and we are required to disclose in this statement any failure to file by these dates. The SEC’s rules require such
persons  to  furnish  the  Company  with  copies  of  all  Section  16(a)  reports  that  they  file.  Based  solely  on  our  review  of  these  reports  and  on  written
representations from the reporting persons that no report was required, we believe that the applicable Section 16(a) reporting requirements were complied
with for all transactions which occurred during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

The table below summarizes the total compensation of each of the NEOs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019:

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Year

Salary

Bonus (1)

Stock
Awards (2)

Option
Awards
(2)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(3)

Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

All Other
Compensation
(4)

2020  $  

747,583 

  $  

600,000 

 $  

910,000 

 $  

— 

 $  

— 

 $  

— 

 $  

12,583 

Total
 $   2,270,166 

2019
2020 

2019
2020 

2019

732,500 
424,166 

413,195 
368,333 

— 
810,000 

240,000 
600,000 

358,333 

150,000 

  1,089,049 
97,501 

426,104 

  1,000,280 
— 

94,448 
97,501 

94,448 

63,916 

338,640 
— 

63,916 

293,760 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

12,383 
12,248 

12,402 
2,473 

  3,260,316 
  1,343,915 

  1,162,601 
  1,068,307 

2,473 

962,930 

Steven R. Becker (5)
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Stacie R. Shirley (6)
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Trent E. Taylor (7)
Chief Information Officer,
Executive Vice
President, Supply Chain and
Inventory

(1)

(2)

Represents  (i)  payments  made  during  fiscal  2020  under  Retention  Agreements  executed  during  fiscal  2020  and  fiscal  2018  and  (ii)  payments
made  during  fiscal  2019  under  Retention  Agreements  executed  during  fiscal  2018.  See  “Executive  Retention  Agreements”  for  additional
information.

These columns represent the grant date fair value of the respective equity awards computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards
Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). The amounts reflect the
probable  outcome  of  performance  conditions  and  market  conditions  as  of  the  date  of  grant  that  affect  the  vesting  of  awards  and  exclude  the
impact  of  estimated  forfeitures  related  to  service‑based  vesting  conditions.  Refer  to  note  (1)(l)  and  note  (6)  to  the  Company’s  consolidated
financial statements herein for additional information on the valuation assumptions used in the calculation of grant date fair value for stock and
option awards included in the Summary Compensation Table above. For additional information regarding stock and option awards to the NEOs,
refer to the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year‑End” table. The actual value realized by any named executive officer from these
awards may range from $0 to greater than the amounts reported, depending on the Company’s performance, the market value of our common
stock and the officer’s number of additional years of service with the Company.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  portion  of  the  amounts  reflected  under  stock  awards  for  fiscal  2020  for  Mr.  Becker  includes  the  value  of  performance‑based  restricted  stock
awards (assuming target level performance), with a value of $455,000 for Mr. Becker.  The value of these performance‑based restricted awards at the grant
date assuming the highest level of performance was achieved is $910,000 for Mr. Becker.

(3)

Performance under the Company’s Annual Cash Incentive Plan for fiscal 2020 did not meet threshold payout levels.  As a result, no amounts were
paid under the Annual Cash Incentive Plan for fiscal 2020.

(4)

The amounts set forth in this column reflect the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020:

Steven R. Becker (5)
Stacie R. Shirley (6)
Trent E. Taylor (7)

Matching
Contributions
(4-a)

Life
Insurance
(4-b)

 $  

 $  

11,400 
11,065 
— 

1,183    $  
1,183   
2,473   

Total

12,583 
12,248 
2,473

(4a) Matching  contributions  allocated  by  the  Company  to  each  of  the  NEOs  pursuant  to  the  Company’s  401(k)  Profit  Sharing  Plan  available  to  all

eligible employees.

(4b) The  value  attributable  to  $300,000  of  life  insurance  premiums  (and  imputed  income)  provided  under  the  Company’s  health  benefit  program

available to all eligible employees.

(5) Mr. Becker was appointed as Chief Executive Officer in December 2015 and was appointed as President in January 2017.

(6) Ms. Shirley’s appointment as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer was approved on December 17, 2015, and she began

service in this position on January 18, 2016. She served as Treasurer until January 31, 2019.

(7) Mr. Taylor was promoted to Chief Information Officer, Executive Vice President, Supply Chain and Inventory Management Officer on March 3,
2018. Prior to his promotion, Mr. Taylor held the position of Senior Vice President, Chief Information and Inventory Management Officer from June
2017  to  March  2018.  Mr.  Taylor  was  promoted  to  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Information  and  Supply  Chain  Officer  in  January  2017.    On
September 8, 2020, Mr. Taylor provided the Company with notice of his resignation as an officer of the Company, effective September 25, 2020.

NARRATIVE DISCLOSURE TO SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Employment Agreements or Arrangements

Employment Agreement with Mr. Becker

In connection with Mr. Becker’s appointment as Chief Executive Officer, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Becker on
December 11, 2015, which was amended in May 2018. In the Becker Employment Agreement, Mr. Becker agreed to serve as Chief Executive Officer for
an  initial  term  which  ended  June  30,  2019.  The  initial  term  of  employment  automatically  renews  for  successive  one‑year  periods  unless  either  party
provides notice of non‑renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the then current employment term.  Mr. Becker’s Agreement has been renewed
through June 30, 2021.

Under the Becker Employment Agreement, Mr. Becker is entitled to, among other things, an annual base salary of not less than $700,000. The base
salary  payable  to  Mr.  Becker  is  intended  to  provide  a  fixed  component  of  compensation  reflecting  his  skill  set,  experience,  role  and  responsibilities.  In
addition,  Mr.  Becker  also  is  eligible  for  annual  equity  grants  under  the  2014  Plan,  with  the  actual  amounts  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board’s
Compensation Committee. Mr. Becker also is eligible to earn an annual bonus each fiscal year under the Company’s Annual Cash Incentive Plan with a
threshold opportunity equal to 25% of his base salary, a target opportunity equal to 100% of his base salary and a maximum opportunity equal to 200% of
his base salary. No payments were made to Mr. Becker under the Company’s Annual Cash Incentive Plan for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018 or fiscal
2020 as the    threshold performance levels for each fiscal year were not achieved. In fiscal 2019, a formulaic payment of $1,000,280 was earned.  

In  the  Becker  Employment  Agreement,  Mr.  Becker  has  agreed  to  certain  restrictive  covenants  during  the  employment  term  and  for  one  year

thereafter (or 18 months if Mr. Becker is terminated for any reason on or within 12 months following a change in control).

Under  the  Becker  Employment  Agreement,  the  amendment  and  the  agreements  governing  Mr.  Becker’s  equity  awards,  Mr.  Becker  is  entitled  to

certain severance benefits as discussed below under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Executive Retention Agreements

On  May  1,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee,  following  consultation  with  its  independent  compensation  consultant,  also  approved  Retention
Agreements  with  Stacie  R.  Shirley  and  Trent  E.  Taylor  taking  into  account,  among  other  things,  the  competitive  pressures  in  the  retail  industry  and
competitive hiring pressures in the Dallas‑Fort Worth market. In exchange for each executive’s agreement to remain employed with the Company through
December  31,  2019,  the  Company  agreed  to  pay  the  following  retention  amounts  to  each  executive  who  entered  into  a  Retention  Agreement,  less  all
applicable payroll and other tax withholdings (the “Retention Payment”): $800,000 to Ms. Shirley, and $500,000 to Messr. Taylor. Each Retention Payment
was payable in two installments: 30% of the Retention Payment was paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following January 1, 2019 (the “First
Retention Date”), and the remaining 70% of the Retention Payment was paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following January 1, 2020 (the
“Second Retention Date”), provided the executive has remained employed by the Company through each applicable retention date.

Under  the  terms  of  the  Retention  Agreements,  in  the  event  an  executive  received  payment  of  all  or  a  portion  of  the  Retention  Payment  and
subsequently violates any of the Retention Agreement’s restrictive covenants during the applicable restrictive covenant period (as set forth in the Retention
Agreements), then the executive would have forfeited any unpaid portion of the Retention Payment and would have immediately repaid the full amount of
the Retention Payment previously paid to the executive, less any taxes originally withheld by us from the payment.

Special Bonus Award

On  May  22,  2020,  the  Compensation  Committee,  recognizing  that  it  needed  consistent,  experienced  strong  leaders  focused  on  assisting  the
Company  with  meeting  the  daily  responses  to  the  COVID  19  pandemic  as  well  as  to  retain  their  services  during  the  reopening  process,  the  bankruptcy
reorganization  proceedings  and  beyond,  and  following  consultation  with  its  independent  compensation  consultants  and  bankruptcy  advisors,  granted  a
Special  Bonus  Award  and  entered  into  retention  letters  (the  “Retention  Letters”)  with  Mr.    Becker,  Ms.  Shirley  and  Mr.  Taylor.   The  Retention  Letters
provided for the payment on May 22, 2020 of retention awards in the following amounts: $600,000 to Mr. Becker; $250,000 to each of Ms. Shirley and Mr.
Taylor.  

Under the terms of each Retention Letter, 50% of the retention award will vest on February 1, 2021 (the “Time-Based Vesting Date”), and 50% of
the retention award will vest on the earlier of (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets as a going concern in an event that constitutes a
“change in control” under the Company’s 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan or (2) in the event the Company files a plan of reorganization (and not a plan of
liquidation),  the  date  of  confirmation  by  the  applicable  court  of  such  plan  of  reorganization  (the  “Performance-Based  Vesting  Date”).    Under  each
Retention Letter, the applicable officer will be required to repay the portion of the retention award that has not yet vested within 10 days of the first to occur
of the following: (1) with respect to 100% of such officer’s retention award, the termination of such officer’s employment by the Company for cause or
such officer’s voluntary resignation; or (2) with respect to the portion of the retention award eligible to vest on the Performance-Based Vesting Date, a sale
of assets or liquidation other than a sale of assets as a going concern.

Other Agreements

Except as disclosed above, the Company is not a party to other employment agreements with any other current or former NEOs identified in the
Summary Compensation Table other than at‑will employment arrangements. Named executive officers are participants in the Severance Plan as discussed
further below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each named executive officer, each in a form approved by the Board and previously
disclosed by the Company. The Company has also entered into a form of the indemnification agreement with each of its directors. The Board has further
authorized the Company to enter into the form of indemnification agreement with future directors and executive officers of the Company and other persons
or  categories  of  persons  that  may  be  designated  from  time  to  time  by  the  Board.  The  indemnification  agreement  supplements  and  clarifies  existing
indemnification  provisions  of  the  Company’s  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  and,  in  general,  provides  for  indemnification  to  the  fullest  extent
permitted by law, subject to the terms and conditions provided in the indemnification agreement. The indemnification agreement also establishes processes
and procedures for indemnification claims, advancement of expenses and costs and other determinations with respect to indemnification.

Awards under Equity Plans

The equity award granted to the NEOs during fiscal 2020 were made as part of the annual LTI grant process. Such awards require that the named
executive officer remain employed by the Company until the respective dates listed in the table (or provide consulting services if no longer employed by
the  Company)  and,  in  the  case  of  performance-based  awards,  that  certain  performance  metrics  be  achieved,  in  each  case,  subject  to  the  acceleration  of
vesting in certain circumstances described below under “Potential Payments upon Termination of Change of Control.”

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL 2020 YEAR-END

Steven R. Becker

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options:
Exercisable  
10,000 
295,508 
186,288 
124,193 
62,097 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options:
Unexercisable  
— 
— 
62,096 
  124,192 
  186,188 

Stacie R. Shirley

80,593 
16,208 
18,629 
9,315 

— 
5,402 
18,629 
27,943 

Trent E. Taylor

22,615 
18,629 
4,391 
8,871 
9,315 

— 
18,629 
1,464 
8,871 
27,943 

Option Awards

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

Option
Exercise
Price

Option
Expiration
Date

Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested

Stock Awards

Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other Rights
that Have Not
Vested

Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards: Market
or Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares,
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights that
Have Not
Vested  (1)

  $  

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

4.22 
5.64 
6.71 
2.45 
3.25 

5.64 
6.71 
2.45 
3.25 

6.58 
3.95 
6.71 
2.45 
3.25 

7/1/22 
2/2/26 
9/1/26(2)  
9/19/27(3)  
9/26/28(4)  

2/2/26 
9/1/26(2)  
9/19/27(3)  
9/26/28(4)  

5/16/26 
3/26/28(13)  
9/1/26(2)  
9/19/27(3)  
9/26/28(4)  

— 

$  

— 

— 

$  

— 

173,078  (5)  
277,439  (6)  

  27,693 
  44,390 

104,322  (7)  
277,439  (8)  

16,692 
44,390 

2,269  (9)  
7,824  (10)  
11,736  (11)  
59,451  (6)  

363 
1,252 
1,878 
9,512 

7,824  (14)  
538  (9)  
3,260  (10)  
11,736  (11)  
59,451  (6)  

4,010 
86 
1,252 
1,878 
9,512 

13,413  (12)  

2,146 

13,413  (12)  

2,146 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect of the stock awards held by NEOs as of June 30, 2020.

(1) Market value was determined using the closing price of Common Stock of $0.16, which was the closing price as reported on June 30,

2020.

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

These options vest in four equal annual installments, of which 75% having vested through September 1, 2019, and the remaining portion
vesting September 1, 2020.

These  options  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments,  with  50%  having  vested  through  September  19,  2019,  and  the  remaining  portion
vesting on September 19, 2020 and September 19, 2021.

These  options  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments,  of  which  25%  having  vested  through  September  26,  2019,  and  the  remaining
portions vesting on September 26, 2020, September 26, 2021 and September 26, 2022.

These time‑vesting restricted stock units granted on September 26, 2018 vest in four equal annual installments, with 25% having vested
through September 26, 2019, and the remaining portions vesting on September 26, 2020, September 26, 2021 and September 26, 2022.

These restricted stock shares granted on September 10, 2019 vest in four equal annual installments on September 10, 2020, September 10,
2021, September 10, 2022 and September 10, 2023.

These  performance‑based  restricted  stock  shares  granted  on  September  26,  2018  will  be  measured  on  June  30,  2021  and  will  vest  in
September 2021, subject to certain performance conditions. These figures do not include an additional 104,322 shares that would vest if
maximum  performance  levels  are  achieved  because  the  threshold  level  of  performance  has  not  been  achieved  during  the  performance
period.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8)

These performance‑based  restricted  stock  shares  granted on  September  10,  2019  will  be  measured  on  June  30,  2022  and  will  vest  in
September 2022, subject to certain performance conditions. These figures do not include an additional 277,439 shares that would vest if
maximum  performance  levels  are  achieved  because  the  threshold  level  of  performance  has  not  been  achieved  during  the  performance
period.

(9)

These  restricted  stock  shares  granted  on  September  1,  2016  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments,  of  which  75%  of  the  shares  having
vested through September 1, 2019 and the remaining portion vesting on September 1, 2020.

(10) These restricted stock shares granted on September 19, 2017 vest in four equal annual installments, of which 50% of the shares having

vested through September 19, 2019, and the remaining portion vesting on September 19, 2020 and September 19, 2021.

(11) These restricted stock shares granted on September 26, 2018 vest in four equal annual installments, of which 25% of the shares having
vested through September 26, 2019, and the remaining portion vesting on September 26, 2020, September 26, 2021 and September 26,
2022.

(12) These  performance‑based  restricted  stock  shares  granted  on  September  26,  2018  will  be  measured  on  June  30,  2021  and  will  vest  in
September 2021, subject to certain performance conditions. These figures do not include additional shares (13,413 shares for each of Mr.
Taylor and Ms. Shirley) that would vest if maximum performance levels are achieved because the threshold level of performance has not
been achieved during the performance period.

(13) These options vest in four equal annual installments, with 50% having vested through March 26, 2020, and the remaining portion vesting

on March 26, 2021 and March 26, 2022.

(14) These restricted stock shares granted on March 26, 2018 vest in four equal installments, with 50% having vested through March 26, 2020,

and the remaining portion vesting on March 26, 2021 and March 26, 2022.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL

The tables below reflect the amount of compensation payable to each of the NEOs of the Company in the event of termination of such executive’s
employment  or  upon  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company.  The  amount  of  compensation  payable  to  each  named  executive  officer  upon  voluntary
termination, involuntary termination without cause, involuntary termination with cause, retirement, in the event of the executive’s death or disability and in
connection with a change of control is shown below. Amounts for awards granted pursuant to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long‑Term Equity
Incentive Plan 2008 (the “2008 Plan”) and the 2014 Plan are calculated for purposes of the tables below, in the case of restricted stock, based on the closing
price of Common Stock as of June 30, 2020 ($0.16). Since the market price as of June 30, 2020 is below the exercise price of all outstanding stock options,
no amounts are shown with respect to stock options.

Payments Made Upon Termination

Regardless of the manner in which a named executive officer’s employment terminates, he or she is generally entitled to receive amounts earned

during his or her term of employment. Such amounts include:

•

•

any  accrued,  unpaid  base  salary  through  the  date  of  termination,  any  payments  or  benefits  under  employee  benefit  plans  in  which  the
executive participates on the date of termination and any unreimbursed expenses; and

awards granted pursuant to the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan (as amended), to the extent vested or exercisable, except in the case of certain
terminations for “cause” as discussed below.

Long‑Term Incentive Plans

Under the terms of the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan (as amended) (and any related award agreements thereunder), upon an executive’s voluntary
termination  or  involuntary  termination  without  “cause,”  all  of  the  executive’s  options  that  were  exercisable  on  the  date  of  such  termination  remain
exercisable  for  a  period  of  90  days  after  the  date  of  such  termination  (but  no  later  than  the  original  expiration  date  of  the  options);  provided  that  the
executive does not violate any applicable non‑compete provisions pursuant to such executive’s employment arrangement during such period, subject to
certain exceptions, and all options that were not exercisable on such date will be forfeited.

Under the terms of the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan (as amended) (and any related award agreements thereunder), upon an executive’s voluntary
termination or involuntary termination for any reason (other than death, disability, retirement or in connection with a “change in control”), all unvested
shares of restricted stock will be forfeited, provided that certain awards may continue to vest if the former executive serves as a director or consultant to the
Company.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The award agreements under the 2008 Plan (for awards granted before February 18, 2014) generally define “cause” to mean (i) the commission of a
felony  or  a  crime  involving  moral  turpitude  or  any  other  act  or  omission  involving  dishonesty,  disloyalty  or  fraud,  (ii)  conduct  tending  to  bring  the
Company into public disgrace, (iii) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties properly assigned to the executive, (iv) gross negligence or willful
misconduct, or (v) breach of duty of loyalty or other act of fraud or dishonesty. During fiscal 2014, we adopted amended forms of award agreements for
awards under the 2008 Plan, effective for awards granted under the plan on or after such date, under which “cause” is defined to mean (i) commission of
fraud, embezzlement, theft, felony or an act of dishonesty in the course  of  the  executive’s  employment  which  damaged  the  Company,  (ii)  disclosure  of
trade secrets of the Company, or (iii) violated  the  terms  of  any  non‑competition, non‑disclosure  or  similar  agreement  to  which  the  executive  is  a  party.
Award agreements under the 2014 Plan define “cause” to mean the same as such term is defined under the amended forms of award agreements for the
2008 Plan.

The  2008  Plan  also  defines  “cause”  more  broadly  with  respect  to  general  provisions  relating  to  forfeiture  or  recoupment  of  awards,  whether
exercised or unexercised or vested or unvested. If the committee administering the 2008 Plan finds that a holder of an award granted under the 2008 Plan,
(i) committed fraud, embezzlement, theft, felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or an act of dishonesty in the course of his or her employment which
damaged the Company, (ii) disclosed trade secrets of the Company, (iii) violated the terms of any non‑competition, non‑disclosure or similar agreement,
(iv) knowingly caused or assisted in causing the publicly released financial statements of the Company to be misstated, (v) substantially and repeatedly
failed to perform the duties of such executive’s office, (vi) committed gross negligence or willful misconduct, (vii) materially breached such executive’s
employment  agreement,  (viii)  failed  to  correct  or  otherwise  rectify  any  failure  to  comply  with  reasonable  instruction  from  the  Company  that  could
materially or adversely affect the Company, (ix) willfully engaged in conduct materially injurious to the Company, (x) harassed or discriminated against the
Company’s  employees,  customers  or  vendors,  (xi)  misappropriated  funds  or  assets,  (xii)  willfully  violated  Company  policies  or  standards  of  business
conduct,  (xiii)  failed  to  maintain  specified  immigration  status,  or  (xiv)  knowingly  caused  or  assisted  in  causing  the  Company  to  engage  in  criminal
misconduct,  then  some  or  all  awards  awarded  to  such  holder,  and  all  net  proceeds  realized  with  respect  to  any  such  awards,  will  be  forfeited  to  the
Company as determined by the committee. The committee may also specify in an award agreement that the rights, payments, and benefits of a holder of an
award granted under the 2008 Plan with respect to such award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of
certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an award.

Under the terms of the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan (as amended) (and any related award agreements thereunder), upon an executive’s involuntary

termination for “cause,” all of the executive’s options will be forfeited immediately upon termination, whether or not then exercisable.

Annual Cash Incentive Plan

Under  the  terms  of  the  Annual  Cash  Incentive  Plan,  if  a  participating  executive’s  employment  is  terminated  voluntarily  for  any  reason,  or  is
terminated by the Company for any reason other than death or disability, during a performance period, the participating executive will immediately forfeit
any right to receive any incentive cash bonus for such performance period. If the termination occurs after the end of the performance period, but prior to the
date of actual payment for such performance period, the committee administering the Annual Cash Incentive Plan may pay the terminated executive an
amount not to exceed the amount of incentive cash bonus earned for such performance period.

Severance Plan

Pursuant to the Severance Plan, in the event an Eligible Executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as each such term is defined
in the Severance Plan) at any time during the Severance Plan’s term or by an Eligible Executive for “good reason”, but only if such termination by the
Eligible Executive for good reason occurs within 18 months following the closing date of a change in control, the Eligible Executive will be eligible to
receive the following:

•

Severance  Benefits:  If  an  Eligible  Executive  is  a  senior  vice  president,  he  or  she  will  be  eligible  to  receive  severance  payments  of  an
amount  equal  to  one  times  his  or  her  annual  base  salary  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such  Eligible  Executive’s  termination  of
employment, payable in equal installments in accordance with our regular payroll procedures for 12 months. If an Eligible Executive is an
executive officer higher than a senior vice president, he or she will instead be eligible to receive severance payments of an amount equal
to 1.5 times his or her annual base salary in effect immediately prior to such Eligible Executive’s termination of employment, payable in
equal installments in accordance with our regular payroll procedures for 18 months. The amount of an Eligible Executive’s annual base
salary  used  to  determine  his  or  her  severance  amounts  will  not  include  any  bonuses  or  financial  perquisites.  Generally,  severance
payments  will  commence  on  our  next  regularly  scheduled  payroll  date  immediately  following  the  date  we  receive  a  validly  executed,
irrevocable release of claims from the Eligible Executive.

48

 
 
•

•

•

In the event the Eligible Executive’s termination of employment occurs within 18 months following a change in control (the “Change in
Control  Period”),  the  Eligible  Executive’s  severance  payments  will  be  increased  as  follows:  if  an  Eligible  Executive  is  a  senior  vice
president,  his  or  her  aggregate  severance  payments  will  be  equal  to  1.5  times  such  Eligible  Executive’s  annual  base  salary,  and  if  an
Eligible Executive is an executive officer higher than a senior vice president, his or her aggregate severance payments will be equal to two
times such Eligible Executive’s annual base salary, in each case, as in effect immediately prior to his or her termination of employment,
excluding all bonuses and financial perquisites, and payable in a lump sum on the first date his or her severance payments would have
commenced had the termination of employment not occurred during the Change in Control Period as described above.

Benefits  Continuation  Payments:  Provided  the  Eligible  Executive  timely  elects  to  continue  in  our  group  health  plan  pursuant  to  the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), monthly payments equal to the employer‑portion of
health insurance premiums for our active employees for up to the number of months the Eligible Executive’s severance benefits described
above are payable (or, if earlier, until such Eligible Executive’s COBRA coverage terminates for any reason), and provided further that the
Eligible Executive timely returns a validly executed, irrevocable release of claims as described above. Benefits continuation payments will
commence on the same date as the severance benefits described above commence.

Outplacement  Benefits:  Outplacement  services  provided  by  an  outplacement  firm  selected  by  us  for  up  to  six  months,  provided  the
Eligible Executive timely returns a validly executed, irrevocable release of claims as described above.

No benefits will be payable pursuant to the Severance Plan to an Eligible Executive for any termination of his or her employment other than by us
without cause or by the Eligible Executive for good reason during the Change in Control Period (e.g., termination due to the Eligible Executive’s death,
disability, voluntary resignation without good reason, retirement, etc.). In addition, if an Eligible Executive is party to a severance agreement with us on the
date  his  or  her  employment  with  us  ends,  the  Eligible  Executive  will  not  be  eligible  for  benefits  under  the  Severance  Plan  if  such  benefits  would  be
duplicative of any benefits he or she is eligible to receive pursuant to the terms of his or her severance agreement, and an Eligible Executive will cease
receiving any benefits under the Severance Plan if he or she fails to comply with any written agreement in effect between the Eligible Executive and us (or
any of our subsidiaries) that contains non‑competition, non‑solicitation, or confidentiality provisions.

Offer Letters

In connection with Ms. Shirley’s appointment as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, the Company agreed to certain
employment arrangements with Ms. Shirley on December 17, 2015 pursuant to an offer letter from the Company. Ms. Shirley’s offer letter provides that in
the event of an involuntary termination of her employment, Ms. Shirley will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to her annual base salary as
well as health benefits paid by the Company for 12 months in exchange for an executed severance agreement and release of claims.

Special Incentive Payment

Pursuant to a Retention Letter, the Company awarded a one-time cash bonus award, paid on May 22, 2020 to the NEOs ($600,000 to Mr. Becker,
$250,000 to each Ms. Shirley and Mr. Taylor) subject to the certain terms and conditions, including certain repayment obligations as a retentive tool to
ensure business continuity during the company restructuring.

Under the terms of each Retention Letter, 50% of the retention award will vest on February 1, 2021 (the “Time-Based Vesting Date”), and 50% of
the retention award will vest on the earlier of (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets as a going concern in an event that constitutes a
“change in control” under the Company’s 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan or (2) in the event the Company files a plan of reorganization (and not a plan of
liquidation),  the  date  of  confirmation  by  the  applicable  court  of  such  plan  of  reorganization  (the  “Performance-Based  Vesting  Date”).    Under  each
Retention Letter, the applicable officer will be required to repay the portion of the retention award that has not yet vested within 10 days of the first to occur
of the following: (1) with respect to 100% of such officer’s retention award, the termination of such officer’s employment by the Company for cause or
such officer’s voluntary resignation; or (2) with respect to the portion of the retention award eligible to vest on the Performance-Based Vesting Date, a sale
of assets or liquidation other than a sale of assets as a going concern.

Payments Made Upon Retirement

In the event of the retirement of a named executive officer (in addition to the items identified above under “Payments Made Upon Termination”),
under the terms of the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan (as amended), all of the executive’s options that were exercisable on the date of such retirement remain
exercisable for a period of up to three years after the date of such retirement (but no later than the original expiration date of the options); provided that the
executive does not compete against the Company (as defined in

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the applicable plan or award agreement) during such period, subject to certain exceptions, and all options that were not exercisable on such date will be
forfeited, provided that certain awards may continue to vest if the former executive serves as a director or consultant to the Company. Upon the executive’s
retirement,  all  unvested  shares  of  restricted  stock  awarded  under  the  2008  Plan  and  the  2014  Plan  (as  amended)  will  be  forfeited,  provided  that  certain
awards may continue to vest if the former executive serves as a director or consultant to the Company. The 2008 Plan generally defines “retirement” to
mean the same as such term is defined under any Company pension plan or retirement program or as otherwise approved by the committee administering
the plan. The 2014 Plan defines “retirement” to mean an executive’s termination of service solely due to retirement upon or after the attainment of age 65.

No benefits will be payable pursuant to the Severance Plan to an Eligible Executive for any termination due to retirement, and no payments will be

required under the Retention Agreements due to retirement.

Payments Made Upon Death or Disability

In  the  event  of  the  death  or  disability  of  a  named  executive  officer  (in  addition  to  the  items  identified  above  under  “Payments  Made  Upon
Termination”) the named executive officer would receive payments under the Company’s disability or life insurance plan, as appropriate. Under the terms
of the 2008 Plan (and related award agreements thereunder) (for awards granted before February 18, 2014), upon an executive’s death or disability, all of
the executive’s options that were exercisable on the date of death or disability remain exercisable for a period of one year after such date (but no later than
the original expiration date of the options), all options that were not exercisable on such date will be forfeited and all unvested shares of restricted stock
will vest. During fiscal 2014, the Company adopted amended forms of award agreements for awards under the 2008 Plan, effective for awards granted
under the plans on or after such date, under which, upon an executive’s death or disability, all of the executive’s unvested options will vest and become
exercisable  on  the  date  of  death  or  disability,  all  options  will  remain  exercisable  for  a  period  of  one  year  after  such  date  (but  no  later  than  the  original
expiration date of the options), and all unvested shares of restricted stock will vest. Award agreements for awards under the 2014 Plan include provisions
consistent  with  those  in  the  amended  forms  of  award  agreements  under  the  2008  Plan  with  respect  to  accelerated  vesting  of  equity  awards  upon  an
executive’s death or disability.

The 2008 Plan defines “disability” to mean, (i) in the case of an award that is exempt from Code Section 409A, a disability that would entitle the
executive  to  disability  payments  under  any  Company  disability  plan,  or  in  the  absence  of  such  plan  (or  coverage  thereunder),  a  permanent  and  total
disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), and (ii) in the case of an award subject to Code Section 409A, (A) the executive is unable to engage in any
substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason  of  any  medically  determinable  physical  or  mental  impairment  that  can  be  expected  to  result  in  death  or  can  be
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (B) the executive is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
impairment  that  can  be  expected  to  result  in  death  or  can  be  expected  to  last  for  a  continuous  period  of  not  less  than  12  months,  receiving  income
replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under a Company accident and health plan. The 2014 Plan defines “disability” to mean,
(i) in the case of an award (other than an incentive stock option) that is exempt from Code Section 409A, a disability that would entitle the executive to
disability  payments  under  any  Company  disability  plan  or  insurance  policy,  or  in  the  absence  of  such  plan  or  policy  (or  eligibility  thereunder),  that  the
executive,  because  of  a  physical  or  mental  condition  resulting  from  bodily  injury,  disease  or  mental  disorder,  is  unable  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  of
employment for a period of six continuous months, as determined in good faith by the committee administering the plan, based upon medical reports or
other  evidence  satisfactory  to  such  committee,  (ii)  in  the  case  of  an  incentive  stock  option,  a  total  and  permanent  disability  as  defined  under  the  rules
governing such awards under the Code, and (iii) in the case of an award subject to Code Section 409A, a disability as defined under Code Section 409A
and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder (in lieu of the definition of disability for awards exempt from Code Section 409A to the extent
necessary to comply with Code Section 409A).

Annual Cash Incentive Plan

Under  the  terms  of  the  Annual  Cash  Incentive  Plan,  if  a  participating  executive’s  employment  is  terminated  due  to  death  or  disability  during  a
performance period, the committee administering the Annual Cash Incentive Plan may, in its discretion, pay the executive a pro rata portion of incentive
cash  bonus  that  would  have  been  earned  by  the  executive,  if  the  executive  had  remained  employed,  based  on  the  number  of  days  worked  during  the
performance  period.  The  Annual  Cash  Incentive  Plan  defines  “disability”  to  mean  any  disability  that  would  entitle  the  executive  to  disability  payments
under the Company’s disability plan or insurance policy; or, if no such plan or policy is then in existence or if the executive is not entitled to participate in
such plan or policy, a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease or mental disorder that prevents the executive from performing his
or her duties for a period of six continuous months, as determined in good faith by the committee administering the Annual Cash Incentive Plan, based
upon medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the committee. However, if the incentive cash bonus award is subject to Code Section 409A, then the
term “disability” will have the meaning given such term under Code Section 409A.

50

 
Executive Severance Plan

Under the terms of the Severance Plan, no benefits will be payable if the participant’s employment is terminated due to death or disability.

Payments Made Upon Change of Control

Long‑Term Incentive Plans

Under the terms of all awards issued under the 2008 Plan, and all awards issued under the 2014 Plan prior to November 16, 2016, immediately prior

to a change of control, all stock options and stock awards held by the named executive officer automatically vest and become exercisable.

Generally, a change of control is deemed to occur under the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan if:

(a)

(b)

(c)

any “person” or “group” other than an “exempt person” (as defined in such plan), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such terms are
defined in the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder), of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting
power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or
consolidation where the Company is the surviving entity or which do not affect the Company’s corporate existence and, in the case of
awards under the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan, the transaction is actually consummated; or

the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the
Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets, other than a sale to an exempt person.

In addition, a change of control is deemed to occur under the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan if the individuals who are the incumbent directors (as

determined under such plan) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board.

On  November  16,  2016,  the  2014  Plan  was  amended  to  provide  that  all  future  awards  will  not  automatically  vest  upon  a  change  of  control.  All
future awards will vest if a participant’s employment is terminated without “cause” or the participant terminates his or her employment for “good reason” at
any time within the two year period following the change of control.

Severance Plan

See  “Potential  Payments  Made  Upon  Termination  or  Change  in  Control—Payments  Made  Upon  Termination—Severance  Plan”  above  for
information  regarding  severance  payments  required  under  the  Severance  Plan  in  the  event  an  Eligible  Executive’s  employment  is  terminated  by  the
Company without “cause” at any time during the Severance Plan’s term or by an Eligible Executive for “good reason”, but only if such termination by the
Eligible  Executive  for  good  reason  occurs  within  18  months  following  the  closing  date  of  a  “change  in  control”  (as  each  such  term  is  defined  in  the
Severance Plan).

Steven R. Becker

Under the Becker Employment Agreement, in the event Mr. Becker terminates his employment without “good reason,” or the Company terminates
his employment for “cause,” Mr. Becker would only be entitled to the compensation identified above in the first paragraph under “Payments Made Upon
Termination.”

In the event Mr. Becker terminates his employment with “good reason,” or the Company terminates his employment without “cause,” prior to a
“change in control” or more than 12 months thereafter (in addition to the items identified above under “Payments Made Upon Termination”), Mr. Becker
would be entitled to: (i) 12 months base salary, paid in installments; (ii) his incentive cash bonus earned under the Company’s Annual Cash Incentive Plan
for the fiscal year prior to the year of termination but not yet paid as of the date of termination; and (iii) an amount equal to one times his annual bonus for
such year at the target performance level for the fiscal year in which the termination occurred, if he had remained employed during the entire performance
period,  payable  at  the  same  time  as  the  bonus  would  otherwise  be  payable.  Mr.  Becker  would  also  forfeit  any  unvested  options  (including  any  options
included  in  the  initial  grant  under  the  agreement),  and  any  vested  options  would  remain  exercisable  until  the  earlier  of  (x)  one  year  following  his
termination of all service with the Company (both as an employee and member of the Board) (or, if later, one year from the end of the performance period
for the performance‑based options in the initial grant under the agreement) or (y) expiration of the option’s term.

51

 
 
 
 
In the event Mr. Becker terminates his employment with “good reason,” or the Company terminates his employment without “cause,” on or within
12 months after a “change in control” (in addition to the items identified above under “Payments Made Upon Termination”), Mr. Becker would be entitled
to: (i) 18 months base salary, paid in installments; (ii) his incentive cash bonus earned under the Company’s Annual Cash Incentive Plan for the fiscal year
prior to the year of termination but not yet paid as of the date of termination; and (iii) 1.5 times his target annual bonus payable at the same time as the
bonus  would  otherwise  be  payable.  In  addition,  all  unvested  time‑based  options  held  by  Mr.  Becker  (including  any  time‑based  options  included  in  the
initial  grant  under  the  agreement)  would  immediately  vest  and  all  unvested  performance‑based  options  held  by  Mr.  Becker  (including  any
performance‑based options included in the initial grant under the agreement, if still outstanding) would remain eligible to vest based upon achievement of
performance  goals  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  applicable  award  agreement  (pro‑rated  based  on  actual  days  of  employment  (provided  that  for
Mr. Becker’s initial grant of performance‑based options under the agreement, if termination of employment occurs after December 11, 2018, no proration
would occur)). All vested options will have the same post‑termination exercise period as described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

In  the  event  of  Mr.  Becker’s  termination  upon  the  Company’s  non‑renewal  of  the  Becker  Employment  Agreement,  such  termination  would  be
treated as a termination without “cause” other than in connection with a “change in control” and Mr. Becker would be entitled to the same benefits and
payments described above with respect to his termination without “cause.”

In  the  Becker  Employment  Agreement,  Mr.  Becker  has  agreed  to  certain  restrictive  covenants  during  the  employment  term  and  for  one  year

thereafter (or 18 months if Mr. Becker is terminated for any reason on or within 12 months following a “change in control”).

The Becker Employment Agreement defines “cause” to mean: (i) an act of theft, embezzlement, fraud or dishonesty; (ii) any willful misconduct or
gross negligence; (iii) any violation of fiduciary duties; (iv) conviction of, or pleading nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony or misdemeanor that may cause
damage to the Company or its reputation; (v) an uncured, material violation of the Company’s written policies, standards or guidelines; (vi) an uncured,
willful  failure  or  refusal  to  satisfactorily  perform  duties  or  responsibilities;  and  (vii)  an  uncured,  material  breach  by  Mr.  Becker  of  the  employment
agreement  or  any  other  agreement  with  the  Company.  The  employment  agreement  defines  “good  reason”  to  mean:  (w)  a  material  reduction  by  the
Company of Mr. Becker’s base salary or target bonus opportunity as a percentage of his base salary, without his consent; (x) an uncured, material breach by
the  Company  of  the  employment  agreement;  (y)  the  Company’s  relocation  of  its  principal  executive  offices,  or  requirement  that  Mr.  Becker  have  his
principal  work  location  change  which  results  in  his  principal  work  location  being  changed  to  a  location  in  excess  of  50  miles  from  the  location  of  the
Company’s current principal executive offices, in each case, without Mr. Becker’s consent; or (z) the failure by a successor to all or substantially all of the
Company’s  assets  to  assume  the  employment  agreement  either  contractually  or  by  operation  of  law.  The  employment  agreement  defines  a  “change  in
control” to mean a change in control under the 2014 Plan.

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or change of control of the Company for Mr. Becker, as of the fiscal year ended

June 30, 2020.

Termination
With Good
Reason or
Involuntary
Termination
Without
Cause
Without
Change in
Control

Termination
With Good
Reason or
Involuntary
Termination
Without
Cause With
Change in
Control

Termination
Without Good
Reason or
Involuntary
Termination
with Cause

Disability

Death

Short Term Incentive:

Annual Cash Incentive

Long-Term Incentive
Stock Options
Restricted Stock Awards

Benefits & Perquisites:

Health & Welfare Benefits
Life Insurance Proceeds

Cash Severance

Total

  $  

  $  

—    $  
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—    $  

—    $  
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

  $  

—   
—   
—   
—   
77,780  (1) 
—   
—   

  $  

—   
—   
—   
—   
77,780  (1) 
—   
—   

1,500,000   
1,500,000    $  

2,250,000   
2,327,780   

  $  

—   
77,780   

  $  

—   
—   
—   
—   
77,780  (1)
—   
—   
300,000   
—   
377,780   

(1)

Assumes that performance conditions for awards are met following termination.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stacie R. Shirley

The  following  table  shows  the  potential  payments  upon  termination  or  change  of  control  of  the  Company  for  Ms.  Shirley,  the  Company’s  Chief

Financial Officer, as of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

Voluntary
Termination

Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause  

Change in
Control (1)

Voluntary
Termination
or With
Good
Reason
or Without
Cause with
Change in
Control

Death

Disability

Short Term Incentive:

Annual Cash Incentive

Long-Term Incentive
Stock Options
Restricted Stock Awards

Benefits & Perquisites:

Health & Welfare Benefits
Life Insurance Proceeds
Outplacement Amounts

Cash Severance
Severance (2)
Retention (2)
Total

  $  

  $  

—    $  
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—    $  

—    $  
—   
—   
—   

—   
12,825   
—   
4,000   
—   
639,000   
—   
655,825    $  

—    $  
—   
—   
—   
363   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
363    $  

—    $  
—   
—   
—   
17,297   
—   
19,237   
—   
4,000   
—   
852,000   
—   
892,534    $  

—    $  
—       
—       
—       
17,297       
—       
—       
300,000       

—       
—       
—       
317,297    $  

— 
— 
— 
— 
17,297 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
17,297

(1)

(2)

For  awards  issued  prior  to  November  16,  2016,  immediately  prior  to  change  in  control,  awards  held  by  the  named  executive  officer  will
automatically vest and become exercisable.

Payments  triggered  by  termination  of  the  executive  will  not  be  payable  unless  the  executive  (or  the  executive’s  successors  or  assigns)  has
executed and timely delivered to the Company a release of claims in the form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Company and any applicable
revocation periods have expired.

Trent E. Taylor

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or change of control of the Company for Mr. Taylor, the Company’s CIO and

Executive Vice President, Supply Chain and Inventory Management, as of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020

Voluntary
Termination

Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause  

Change in
Control (1)

Voluntary
Termination
With Good
Reason or
Involuntary
Termination
Without
Cause with
Change
in Control

Death

Disability

Short Term Incentive:

Annual Cash Incentive

Long-Term Incentive
Stock Options
Restricted Stock Awards

Benefits & Perquisites:

Health & Welfare Benefits
Life Insurance Proceeds
Outplacement Amounts

Cash Severance
Severance (2)
Retention (2)
Total

  $  

—    $  
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—    $  

  $  

—    $  
—   

—   

—   
14,374   

4,000   
—   
555,000   

573,374    $  

—    $  
—   

—    $  
—   

—    $  
—       

—   
86   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
18,287   
—   
21,561   
—   
4,000   

—       
18,287       
—       
—       
300,000       
—       

—   
—   
86    $  

740,000   
—   
783,848    $  

—       
—       
318,287    $  

— 
— 

— 
18,287 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
18,287

(1)

For  awards  issued  prior  to  November  16,  2016,  immediately  prior  to  change  in  control,  awards  held  by  the  named  executive  officer  will
automatically vest and become exercisable.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
        
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
        
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
        
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)

Payments  triggered  by  termination  of  the  executive  will  not  be  payable  unless  the  executive  (or  the  executive’s  successors  or  assigns)  has
executed and timely delivered to the Company a release of claims in the form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Company and any applicable
revocation periods have expired.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The table below summarizes the compensation paid to each non‑employee director of the Company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash (1)

Stock
Awards
(2) (3)

Option
Awards

Change
Pension
Value and
Non-
Qualified
Deferred
Earnings

Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan

All Other
Compensation  

Terry Burman
James T. Corcoran
Barry S. Gluck
Frank M. Hamlin
Reuben E. Slone (4)
Sherry M. Smith
Richard S Willis

  $  

140,625    $  
76,875   
74,375   
77,500   
70,000   
82,500   
96,875   

91,000    $  
52,000   
52,000   
52,000   
52,000   
52,000   
52,000   

—    $  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—    $  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—    $  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—    $  
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

Total
231,625 
128,875 
126,375 
129,500 
122,000 
134,500 
148,875

(1)

(2)

(3)

This  column  includes  annual  cash  retainers  for  board  and  committee  service,  committee  chair  service  and,  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Burman,
independent Chairman service.

This  column  represents  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  respective  equity  awards  computed  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  718.  The
amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service‑based vesting conditions. Refer to note (1)(l) and note (6) herein for
additional information on the valuation assumptions used in the calculation of grant date fair value for stock awards included in the table. The
value of the stock awards is calculated using the closing price of the Common Stock on the date the awards were made to each director. The
closing stock price represents the grant date fair value of the stock awards under the 2014 Plan (as amended).

On November 20, 2019, the Company granted each director 32,912 shares of restricted stock under the 2014 Plan having a grant date fair value
of $52,000 all of which are scheduled to vest on November 20, 2020. In addition, on November 20, 2019, the Company granted Mr. Burman
24,684  shares  of  restricted  stock  under  the  2014  Plan  having  a  grant  date  fair  value  of  $39,000,  all  of  which  are  scheduled  to  vest  on
November 20, 2020. This represented a special restricted stock grant in connection with his service as independent Chairman of the Board.

(4)

Mr. Slone was elected to serve as a director of the Company effective as of June 1, 2019.

The non‑employee directors had the following outstanding equity awards at the end of the 2020 fiscal year.

Terry Burman
James T. Corcoran
Barry S. Gluck
Frank M. Hamlin
Reuben E. Slone
Sherry M. Smith
Richard S Willis

Number of
Outstanding
Options
Exercisable

Number of
Outstanding
Options
Unexercisable

Compensation
Unvested
Stock Award

20,000   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
20,000   

—    $  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

57,596 
32,912 
32,912 
32,912 
32,912 
32,912 
32,912

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2019, the Company adopted the following compensation program for non‑employee directors (the “Director Compensation Plan”):

Annual Retainer
Annual Chairman Fee
Annual Restricted Stock Grant - Value
Annual Chair Restricted Stock Grant - Value

Board Fee

Audit
Committee
Fee

Compensation
Committee Fee

Nominating and
Governance
Committee Fee

  $  

60,000    $  
65,000   
80,000   
60,000   

10,000    $  
20,000   
—   
—   

7,500    $  
15,000   
—   
—   

7,500 
10,000 
— 
—

*

As discussed above, the grant date fair value of the awards granted in fiscal year 2020 was $52,000.

Under the Director Compensation Plan, non‑employee directors receive reimbursement for their out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred in attending Board

and committee meetings and the standard 20% discount on merchandise purchases that is provided to all of our employees.

As an employee of the Company, Mr. Becker does not receive any additional compensation in connection with his service as a member of the Board

of Directors of the Company.

For fiscal 2020, the Compensation Committee chose to use the same modifier applied to the full market value of the awards given to employee LTI-
eligible participants.  As a result, the grant date fair values of the fiscal 2020 awards granted to each director were significantly less than the approved
market-based equity compensation level.  These awards of restricted stock vest one year from grant date.  If the director begins service on or prior to July
31 during the first year of service, the director will receive a full year grant of LTI equity.  If the director begins service after July 31 during the first year of
service,  the  director  will  receive  one-half  of  the  flat  share  amount  of  a  restricted  stock  award.   The  Company  expects  to  return  to  making  grants  at  the
standard annual grant value of $80,000 in the near future.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under equity compensation plans
approved  by  stockholders  as  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020.  We  do  not  have  any  equity  compensation  plans  that  were  not  approved  by  our
stockholders.

Plan Category
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders

Total

Number of Securities
to be Issued
Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(thousands)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column)
(thousands)

2,695    $
—   
2,695    $

5.33   
—   
5.33   

2,837 
— 
2,837

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock by (1) each person (or group of
affiliated persons) who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock outstanding on June 30, 2020 (based upon SEC filings),
(2)  each  of  our  directors,  (3)  each  of  our  NEOs  and  (4)  all  of  our  directors  and  executive  officers  as  a  group.  The  Company  has  determined  beneficial
ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Unless otherwise indicated, to the Company’s knowledge, each stockholder has sole
voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by that stockholder. Except as described in the footnotes below, beneficial
ownership was determined as of June 30, 2020.  On June 30, 2020, there were 47,340,652 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

Delta Value Group LLC. (1)
902 Broadway, 6th Floor
New York, New York 10010

Steven R. Becker (2)
Terry Burman (3)
James T. Corcoran (4)
Barry S. Gluck (5)
Frank M. Hamlin (6)
Reuben E. Slone (7)
Sherry M. Smith (8)
Richard S. Willis (9)
Stacie R. Shirley (10)
Trent E Taylor (11)
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

Shares Beneficially Owned

Number

Percent

3,848,385   

2,789,007   
426,328   
427,880   
96,580   
100,675   
110,996   
92,825   
123,048   
312,252   
198,923   
5,154,341   

8.1%

5.9%
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
10.8%

*

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Denotes ownership of less than 1.0%.

Based on information set forth in the Schedule 13D filed with the SEC on February 13, 2020 by Delta Value Group LLC, (“DVG”) has the sole
power to vote 3,848,385 shares of Common Stock.

Represents 1,069,960 shares of Common Stock held directly, 678,086 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of options that are currently
exercisable, 277,439 unvested shares of time‑vesting restricted stock and 763,522 unvested shares of performance‑based restricted stock. Shares
of Common Stock held directly include shares held by Western Family Value I, L.P. (“WFV I”). Western Family Value, LLC (“WFV”) is the
general partner of WFV I and may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by WFV I. Mr. Becker is the sole member of WFV and may
be  deemed  to  beneficially  own  securities  owned  by  WFV.  Mr.  Becker  disclaims  beneficial  ownership  of  the  securities  owned  by  WFV  I  and
WFV, except to the extent of the pecuniary interest of Mr. Becker in such securities.

Represents 348,732 shares of Common Stock held directly, 20,000 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of options that are currently
exercisable and 57,596 unvested shares of restricted stock.

Represents  91,168  shares  of  Common  Stock  held  directly  and  32,912  unvested  shares  of  restricted  stock.  Also  represents  303,800  shares  of
Common Stock held by PMCP I, LP. James T. Corcoran is the sole member of PMCP GP, LLC, which is the General Partner of PMCP I, LP, and
therefore  may  be  deemed  to  be  the  beneficial  owner  of  all  shares  held  directly  by  PMCP  I,  LP.  Mr.  Corcoran  expressly  disclaims  beneficial
ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

Represents 63,668 shares of Common Stock held directly and 32,912 unvested shares of restricted stock.

Represents 67,763 shares of Common Stock held directly and 32,912 unvested shares of restricted stock.

Represents 78,084 shares of Common Stock held directly and 32,912 unvested shares of restricted stock.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

Represents 59,913 shares of Common Stock held directly and 32,912 unvested shares of restricted stock.

Represents 70,136 shares of Common Stock held directly, 20,000 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of options that are currently
exercisable and 32,912 unvested shares of restricted stock.

Represents 79,401 shares of Common Stock held directly, 124,745 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of options that are currently
exercisable, 81,280 unvested shares of time‑vesting restricted stock and 26,826 unvested shares of performance‑based restricted stock.

Represents 25,467 shares of Common Stock held directly, 63,821 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of options that are currently
exercisable, 82,809 unvested shares of time‑vesting restricted stock and 26,826 unvested shares of performance‑based restricted stock.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Director Independence

The Board of Directors has evaluated the independence of the Company’s directors under the independence standards promulgated by Nasdaq.  For
a  director  to  be  considered  independent  under  these  standards,  the  Board  must  determine  that  the  director  does  not  have  any  direct  or  indirect  material
relationship with the Company which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities as a director.
Based  on  the  independence  standards  prescribed  by  Nasdaq,  our  Board  has  affirmatively  determined  that  seven  of  the  eight  current  directors  are
independent. Mr. Becker is not independent due to his relationship with the Company as Chief Executive Officer.

Policy and Procedures with Respect to Related Party Transactions

The Company has adopted a written policy governing the review, approval or ratification of “Related Party Transactions,” as described below (the

“Policy”).

Related Party Transactions

For the purposes of the Policy, a “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction or any material amendment to a transaction, including, but not limited
to, any financial transaction, agreement, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness of guarantee of indebtedness), or any series of similar
transactions, agreements, arrangements or relationships, in which the Company was, is or will be a participant, and the amount involved exceeds $120,000,
and in which any Related Party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (subject to certain exceptions).

For purposes of the Policy, a “Related Party” is: (i) any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of the Company’s last fiscal year was, an
executive officer, a director, or a nominee for director of the Company; (ii) any person who, at the time of the occurrence or existence of the Related Party
Transaction, is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of the Company’s voting securities; or (iii) any “immediate family member” (as defined
in the Policy) of any of the foregoing persons and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any of the foregoing persons.

Approval Procedures

The Policy requires that when the Company or a Related Party proposes to engage in a transaction that is potentially a Related Party Transaction, the

following steps will be taken:

•

•

The Related Party will submit the matter for review by the Company’s General Counsel prior to entering into the transaction.

The General Counsel will then assess whether the proposed transaction is a Related Party Transaction for purposes of the Policy. If the
General Counsel determines that the proposed transaction is a Related Party Transaction, the proposed Related Party Transaction will be
submitted to the Audit Committee for consideration or, in those instances in which that is not practicable or desirable, to the Chair of the
Audit Committee (who will possess delegated authority to act on behalf of the Committee). The Audit Committee, or when submitted to
the  Chair,  the  Chair,  will  consider  the  relevant  facts  and  circumstances  of  the  Related  Party  Transaction.  No  member  of  the  Audit
Committee will participate in any review, consideration or approval of any Related Party Transaction in which he or she or any immediate
family member, directly or indirectly, is involved.

57

 
 
 
 
 
•

•

The Audit Committee (or the Chair) will approve or ratify only those Related Party Transactions that the Audit Committee (or the Chair)
believes are fair to the Company and that are determined to be in, or are not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company and its
stockholders.  The  Audit  Committee  or  Chair,  as  applicable,  shall  convey  the  decision  to  the  General  Counsel,  who  shall  convey  the
decision to the Related Party and appropriate persons within the Company.

In the event it is not practicable to present any Related Party Transaction to the Audit Committee or the Chair prior to entering into such
Related Party Transaction, it may be presented to the General Counsel for approval or be preliminarily entered into subject to ratification
by the Audit Committee; provided, however, that if the Audit Committee or the Chair does not ratify the Related Party Transaction, the
Company will take all reasonable efforts or actions to cancel or terminate it.

Ratification Procedures

In the event any Related Party Transaction is not reported to the Audit Committee or the Chair or approved pursuant to the above described process

prior to the Company entering into such Related Party Transaction, the following steps will be taken:

•

•

The Related Party Transaction will be submitted to the Audit Committee or Chair, and the Audit Committee or Chair will consider all of
the relevant facts and circumstances available to the Audit Committee or the Chair. No member of the Audit Committee will participate in
any review, consideration or approval of any Related Party Transaction in which he or she or any immediate family member directly or
indirectly is involved.

Based  on  the  conclusions  reached  with  respect  to  the  standards  set  forth  above  concerning  approval  of  Related  Party  Transactions,  the
Audit Committee or the Chair will evaluate all options, including but not limited to ratification, amendment or termination of the Related
Party Transaction.

Disclosure

Under  the  Policy,  all  Related  Party  Transactions  that  are  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  Company’s  filings  with  the  SEC,  as  required  by  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations, will be so disclosed in accordance with such laws, rules and
regulations. Furthermore, all Related Party Transactions will be disclosed to the Board of Directors following approval or ratification, as the case may be,
of a Related Party Transaction.

Report of the Company’s Related Party Transactions

The Company did not participate in any Related Party Transactions during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Audit Fees

The aggregate fees billed by Ernst & Young for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements, including
the audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and the review of the financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports
on Form 10‑Q for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were $916,195 and $983,000, respectively.

Audit‑Related Fees

The aggregate fees billed by Ernst & Young for audit‑related services rendered for both fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019 were
$2,165. Audit‑related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of
our consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” The services for both fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were comprised solely of
the Company’s subscription to on‑line research.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax Fees

The aggregate fees billed by Ernst & Young for tax‑related services rendered for both fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019 were $0.
Tax  fees  consist  of  fees  billed  for  tax  services  that  are  unrelated  to  the  audit  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  include  assistance  regarding
federal, state and local tax compliance, approved tax planning and other tax advice.

All Other Fees

Excluding the audit fees, audit‑related fees and tax fees mentioned above, there were no other fees billed by Ernst & Young during the fiscal years

ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively.

Pre‑Approval Policies and Procedures

The  Audit  Committee  has  adopted  a  policy  that  requires  advance  approval  of  all  audit  fees,  audit‑related  fees,  tax  services  and  other  services
performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. The policy provides for pre‑approval by the Audit Committee of specifically defined audit
and  non‑audit  services.  Unless  the  specific  service  has  been  previously  pre‑approved  with  respect  to  that  year  (and  except  for  items  exempt  from
pre‑approval  under  applicable  laws  and  rules),  the  Audit  Committee  must  approve  the  permitted  service  before  the  independent  registered  public
accounting  firm  is  engaged  to  perform  it.  The  Audit  Committee  has  delegated  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  authority  to  approve  permitted
services provided that the Chairman reports any decisions to the Committee at its next scheduled meeting. All audit and non‑audit services for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2020 were pre‑approved by the Audit Committee.

59

 
PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10‑K.

(1)

Financial Statements:

The list of financial statements required by this Item is set forth in Item 8.

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules:

All  financial  statement  schedules  called  for  under  Regulation  S‑X  are  omitted  because  either  they  are  not  required  under  the  related  instructions

and/or are not material or are included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10‑K.

(3)

Exhibits:

See the list of exhibits in the “Exhibits Index” to this Form 10‑K, which are incorporated herein by reference. The agreements have been filed to
provide  investors  with  information  regarding  their  respective  terms.  The  agreements  are  not  intended  to  provide  any  other  actual  information  about  the
Company or its business or operations. In particular, the assertions embodied in any representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the agreements
may be subject to qualifications with respect to knowledge and materiality different from those applicable to investors and may be qualified by information
in confidential disclosure schedules not included with the exhibits. These disclosure schedules may contain information that modifies, qualifies and creates
exceptions to the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the agreements. Moreover, certain representations, warranties, and covenants in the
agreements  may  have  been  used  for  the  purpose  of  allocating  risk  between  parties,  rather  than  establishing  matters  as  facts.  In  addition,  information
concerning  the  subject  matter  of  the  representations,  warranties  and  covenants  may  have  changed  after  the  date  of  the  respective  agreement,  which
subsequent  information  may  or  may  not  be  fully  reflected  in  the  Company’s  public  disclosures.  Accordingly,  investors  should  not  rely  on  the
representations, warranties and covenants in the agreements as characterizations of the actual state of facts about the Company or its business or operations
on the date hereof.

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1.1

10.1.2

10.1.3

EXHIBIT INDEX

Description

  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  (the  “Company”)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the
Company’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S‑4  (File  No.  333‑46017)  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
“Commission”) on February 10, 1998)

  Certificate  of  Amendment  to  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  dated  March  25,  1999  (incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1/A (File No. 333‑74365) filed with the Commission on March 29, 1999)

  Certificate  of  Amendment  to  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  dated  May  7,  1999  (incorporated  by  reference  to

Exhibit 3.1.3 to the Company’s Form 10‑Q (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on May 2, 2005)

  Amended  and  Restated  By‑laws  of  the  Company  effective  as  of  September  16,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  the

Company’s Form 8‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on September 19, 2014)

  Description  of  Securities  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  10‑K  (File  No.  000‑19658)  filed  with  the

Commission on August 22, 2019)

  Interim  Order  (A)  Establishing  Notification  and  Hearing  Procedures  for  Certain  Transfers  of,  and  Declarations  of  Worthlessness  with
Respect to, Equity Securities and (B) Granting Related Relief (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File
No. 000-19658) as filed with the Commission on June 1, 2020)

  Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2015, by and among Tuesday Morning, Inc., each of the subsidiary guarantors, the Company,
TMI  Holdings,  Inc.,  the  lenders  party  thereto  from  time  to  time,  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent,  Wells  Fargo,
National Association, as Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658)
filed with the Commission on August 19, 2015)

  Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2015, by and among the Company, TMI Holdings, the Borrower and certain
subsidiaries  of  the  Borrower  and  any  other  subsidiary  who  may  become  a  party  thereto  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  (File  No.  000-19658)  filed  with  the
Commission on August 19, 2015)

  Second  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  29,  2019,  by  and  among  Tuesday  Morning,  Inc.,  each  of  the  subsidiary
guarantors, the Company, TMI Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto from time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, Wells Fargo, National Association, as Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on January 31, 2019)

10.1.4

  Limited Forbearance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with

the Commission on May 15, 2020)

10.2†

  Tuesday Morning Corporation Corporate Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s

Form 8‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on November 8, 2013)

10.3.1†

  Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long‑Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form

8‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on November 19, 2008)

10.3.2†

  First Amendment to Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long‑Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to

the Company’s Form 8‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on November 9, 2012)

10.3.3†

  Second Amendment to Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long‑Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1

to the Company’s Form 8‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on October 23, 2012)

10.4†

10.5†

  Form  of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Award  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2008  Long‑Term  Equity
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on
March 3, 2009)

  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Employees under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long‑Term Equity
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on
March 3, 2009)

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

10.6†

10.7†

10.8†

10.9†

10.10†

Description

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2008  Long‑Term  Equity  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Company’s  Form  8‑K  (File  No.  000‑19658)  filed  with  the  Commission  on  March  3,
2009)

  Form  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Award  Agreement  for  Directors  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2008  Long‑Term  Equity
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission
on August 28, 2013)

  Form  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2008  Long‑Term  Equity
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10‑Q (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission
on May 8, 2014)

  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long‑Term Equity Incentive
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10‑Q (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on May 8,
2014)

  Form of Performance Based Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Employees under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008
Long‑Term  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the  Company’s  Form  10‑Q  (File  No.  000‑19658)  filed
with the Commission on May 8, 2014)

10.11†

  Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) filed

with the Commission on September 19, 2014)

10.12.1†

  Composite  Copy  of  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2014  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit

10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) as filed with the Commission on November 22, 2016)

10.12.2†

  Second Amendment to Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long‑Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34

to the Company’s Form 10‑K (File No. 000‑19658) filed with the Commission on August 24, 2017)

10.13†

10.14†

10.15†

  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Employees under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive
Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  (File  No.  000-19658)  filed  with  the  Commission  on
November 14, 2014)

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2014  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on November 14,
2014)

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  Directors  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2014  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on November 14,
2014)

10.16.1†

  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  11,  2015,  by  and  between  Steven  R.  Becker  and  the  Company  (the  “Becker  Employment
Agreement”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on
December 14, 2015)

10.16.2†

  Amendment,  dated  May  1,  2018,  to  Employment  Agreement,  by  and  between  Steven  R.  Becker  and  the  Company  (incorporated  by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on May 3, 2018)

10.17†

10.18†

10.19†

  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Time-Based Vesting) under the Becker Employment Agreement and the Tuesday
Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No.
000-19658) filed with the Commission on December 14, 2015)

  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Performance-Based Vesting) under the Becker Employment Agreement and the
Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K
(File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on December 14, 2015)

  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on October 29,
2015)

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

10.20†

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2014  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on October 29,
2015)

Description

10.21†

  Tuesday Morning Executive Severance Plan, effective May 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-

Q (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on May 3, 2018)

10.22†

  Form of Retention Agreement (Executive Officers other than Chief Executive Officer)  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the

Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on May 3, 2018)

10.23

10.24†

10.25†

10.26†

10.27†

10.28†

  Amended  and  Restated  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  24,  2019,  by  and  among  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation,  Jeereddi  II,  LP,  Purple
Mountain Capital Partners LLC and the entities and natural persons set forth in the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) as filed with the Commission on July 25, 2019)

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  Directors  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2014  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on August 21,
2018)

  Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Award  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2014  Long-Term
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission
on August 21, 2018)

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation  2014  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on August 21,
2018)

  Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission
on August 21, 2018)

  Form of Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on September 28,
2018)

10.29†

  Form of Cash Award Agreement under the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-19658) filed with the Commission on September 28, 2018)

10.30†

  Form  of  Retention  Letter  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  (File  No.  000-19658)  filed  with  the

Commission on May 28, 2020)

10.31†

10.32

  Senior Secured Super Priority Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, among the Company and its subsidiaries, JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., as administrative agent, for itself and other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No.
000-19658) filed with the Commission on June 1, 2020)

  Senior Secured Super Priority Debtor-In-Possession Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement, among the Company and its subsidiaries and
the  Franchise  Group,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  (File  No.  000-19658)  filed  with  the
Commission on July 13, 2020)

10.33†

  Amended  and  Restated  Consulting  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  (File  No.  000-

19658) filed with the Commission on December 9, 2019)

10.34†

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 000-

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

19658) filed with the Commission on November 5, 2019)

  Subsidiaries of the Company

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002

  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

32.1

32.2

  Certification  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the

Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002

  Certification  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the

Description

Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of   2002

101.INS

  XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

  XBRL Taxonomy Schema Document

101.CAL

  XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

  XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

  XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

  XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document

†

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on

its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: September 14, 2020

  TUESDAY MORNING CORPORATION

  By:  

/s/ STEVEN R. BECKER
Steven R. Becker
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the

registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ STEVEN R. BECKER
Steven R. Becker

/s/ STACIE R. SHIRLEY
Stacie R. Shirley

/s/ KELLY J. MUNSCH
Kelly J. Munsch

/s/ TERRY BURMAN
Terry Burman

/s/ JAMES T. CORCORAN
James T. Corcoran

/s/ BARRY S. GLUCK
Barry S. Gluck

/s/ FRANK M. HAMLIN
Frank M. Hamlin

/s/ REUBEN E. SLONE
Reuben E. Slone

/s/ SHERRY M. SMITH
Sherry M. Smith

/s/ RICHARD S WILLIS
Richard S Willis

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
and Director

September 14, 2020

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

September 14, 2020

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and
Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

September 14, 2020

Chairman of the Board

September 14, 2020

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

65

September 14, 2020

September 14, 2020

September 14, 2020

September 14, 2020

September 14, 2020

September 14, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

Page

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7

 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tuesday Morning Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tuesday Morning Corporation (the Company) as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2020, and the related
notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended June 30, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company's
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated September 14, 2020 expressed an adverse
opinion thereon.

The Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in
Note 1 to the financial statements, the COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse effect on the Company’s business operations, financial condition, results of
operations, liquidity and cash flow; the Company has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection; and the Company has stated that substantial doubt exists
about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Management’s  evaluation  of  the  events  and  conditions  and  management’s  plans  regarding
these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this
uncertainty.

Adoption of ASU No. 2016-02

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for accounting for leases effective July 1, 2019 due to the
adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

Dallas, Texas
September 14, 2020

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tuesday Morning Corporation

(Debtor-in-Possession)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

June 30,

2020

2019

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Inventories
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

Total Current Assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right of-use assets
Deferred financing costs
Other assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
      Debtor-in-possession financing

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Operating lease liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

Operating lease liabilities —  non-current
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
Deferred rent
Asset retirement obligation — non-current
Other liabilities — non-current

Total Liabilities not subject to compromise

Liabilities subject to compromise

Total Liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized 10,000,000 shares; none issued
   or outstanding
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized 100,000,000 shares;  49,124,313 shares issued
and 47,340,652 shares outstanding at June 30, 2020 and 48,466,930 shares issued and 46,683,269
shares outstanding at June 30, 2019
Additional paid-in capital
Retained deficit
Less: 1,783,661 common shares in treasury, at cost, at June 30, 2020 and 1,783,661 common shares
in treasury, at cost, at June 30, 2019
Total Stockholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $

  $

  $

46,676    $
114,905   
6,353   
7,210   
175,144   
68,635   
258,433   
—   
3,178   
505,390    $

100   
5,514   
33,942   
—   
39,556   

—   
—   
—   
1,213   
1,347   
42,116   
456,339   
498,455   

—   
455   

244,021   
(230,729)  

(6,812)  
6,935   

  $

505,390 

 $

11,395 
237,895 
5,388 
1,822 
256,500 
110,146 
— 
994 
2,881 
370,521 

— 
91,251 
45,923 
— 
137,174 

— 
34,650 
23,551 
3,002 
835 
199,212 
— 
199,212 

— 
465 

241,456 
(63,800)

(6,812)
171,309 
370,521

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tuesday Morning Corporation

(Debtor-in-Possession)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data)

Net sales
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Restructuring, impairment, and abandonment charges

Operating loss before interest, reorganization and other expense

Other income/(expense):
Interest expense
Reorganization items, net
Other income (expense), net
Loss before income taxes
Income tax provision/(benefit)

Net loss

Earnings Per Share
Net loss per common share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of common shares:

Basic
Diluted

  $

  $

  $
  $

2020

Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
2019

2018

874,895    $
590,025   
284,870   
330,572   
113,492   
(159,194)  

(3,845)  
(3,619)  
551   
(166,107)  
221   
(166,328)   $

(3.68)   $
(3.68)   $

45,208   
45,208   

1,007,246    $
654,931   
352,315   
362,840   
—   
(10,525)  

(2,461)  
—   
792   
(12,194)  
246   
(12,440)   $

(0.28)   $
(0.28)   $

44,719   
44,719   

1,006,332 
665,358 
340,974 
361,924 
— 
(20,950)

(2,061)
— 
934 
(22,077)
(139)
(21,938)

(0.50)
(0.50)

44,282 
44,282  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tuesday Morning Corporation

(Debtor-in-Possession)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands)

Balance at June 30, 2017

45,121    $

469    $

234,604    $

(29,422)   $

(6,812)   $

198,839 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)

Treasury
Stock

Total
Stockholders’  
Equity

Net loss
Shares issued or canceled in connection with employee
stock incentive plans and related tax effect
Shares issued in connection with exercises of employee
stock options
Share-based compensation expense
Balance at June 30, 2018

Net loss
Shares issued or canceled in connection with employee
stock incentive plans and related tax effect
Shares issued in connection with exercises of employee
stock options
Share-based compensation expense
Balance at June 30, 2019

Net loss
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Shares issued in connection with exercises of employee
stock options
Share-based compensation expense
Balance at June 30, 2020

—     

741     

3     
—     
45,865    $

—     

—     

—     

—     
—     
469    $

—     

—     

(21,938)    

—     

—     

—   

—   

4     
3,349     
237,957    $

—     
—     
(51,360)   $

—   
—   
(6,812)   $

—     

(12,440)    

815     

(4)    

5     

—     

—   

—   

3     
—     
46,683    $

—     
—     

658     
—     
47,341    $

—     
—     
465    $

—     
—     

(10)    
—     
455    $

6     
3,488     
241,456    $

—     
—     
(63,800)   $

—   
—   
(6,812)   $

—     
—     

(166,328)    
(601)    

—   
—   

10     
2,555     
244,021    $

—     
—     
(230,729)   $

—   
—   
(6,812)   $

— 
2,555 
6,935

(21,938)

— 

4 
3,349 
180,254 

(12,440)

1 

6 
3,488 
171,309 

(166,328)
(601)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
Tuesday Morning Corporation

(Debtor-in-Possession)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
   operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Loss on impairment and abandonment of assets
Amortization of financing costs
Loss on disposal of assets
Gain on sale-leaseback transaction
Stock-based compensation
Deferred income taxes

Construction allowances from landlords
Change in operating assets and liabilities:

Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Lease assets and liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Deferred rent
Other liabilities—non-current

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Purchase of intellectual property
Proceeds from sales of assets
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds under revolving credit facility
Repayments under revolving credit facility
Change in cash overdraft
Proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options
Payments on finance/capital leases
Payments of financing costs

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid/(refunded)
Finance/capital lease obligations incurred
Cash paid for reorganization expenses

2020

Years Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$

(166,328)  

$

(12,440)  

$

(21,938)

27,019   
105,158   
1,606   
46   
—   
2,720   
311   
1,312   

122,825   
(2,547)  
2,941   
2,726   
(3,105)  
—   
(814)  
93,870   

(15,825)  
(27)  
1,950   
(13,902)  

308,506   
(343,056)  
(4,996)  
—   
(224)  
(4,917)  
(44,687)  
35,281   
11,395   
46,676   

2,141   
(104)  
—   
75 

$

$

$

  $

26,127   
—   
276   
7   
—   
3,536   
307   
1,491   

(3,578)  
483   
—   
(873)  
4,954   
(823)  
100   
19,567   

(16,044)  
(299)  
31   
(16,312)  

229,190   
(233,020)  
3,213   
8   
(162)  
(599)  
(1,370)  
1,885   
9,510   
11,395   

2,140   
212   
253   
— 

$

$

25,671 
— 
315 
82 
(371)
3,433 
(565)
8,568 

(12,543)
559 
— 
22,612 
(300)
1,280 
368 
27,171 

(30,764)
(42)
83 
(30,723)

195,500 
(187,520)
(1,026)
4 
(159)
— 
6,799 
3,247 
6,263 
9,510 

1,615 
285 
350 
—  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
    
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
   
   
 
    
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
    
 
  
 
   
   
 
    
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
    
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
TUESDAY MORNING CORPORATION

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations and Other General Principles

Throughout these notes, Tuesday Morning Corporation is referred to as “Tuesday Morning,” “we” or “the Company”.

Tuesday  Morning  is  a  leading  off-price  retailer,  specializing  in  name-brand,  high-quality  products  for  the  home,  including  upscale  textiles,
furnishings,  housewares,  gourmet  food,  toys  and  seasonal  décor  at  prices  generally  below  those  charged  by  boutique,  specialty  and  department  stores,
catalogs and on‑line retailers in the United States. We operated 685 discount retail stores in 39 states as of June 30, 2020 (714 and 726 stores at June 30,
2019 and 2018, respectively). We distribute periodic circulars and direct mail that keep customers familiar with Tuesday Morning.

COVID-19 Pandemic

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  will  continue  to  have,  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  store  traffic,  employee  availability,

financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and cash flow.

On March 25, 2020, we temporarily closed all of our stores nationwide, severely reducing revenues and resulting in significant operating losses and
the elimination of substantially all operating cash flow. Stores have gradually reopened as allowed by state and local jurisdictions, and all but two of our
stores had re-opened by the end of the fiscal year.  The scope and duration of this pandemic and the related disruption to our business and financial impacts
cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Voluntary Petitions for Reorganization under Chapter 11

On May 27, 2020 (the “Petition Date”), we filed voluntary petition (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code
(the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”).  The Chapter
11 Cases are being jointly administered for procedural purposes.

Significant Bankruptcy Court Actions

We will continue to operate our businesses as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court.  On May 28, 2020, at the first-day hearings of the Chapter 11 Cases, the
Bankruptcy Court granted relief in conjunction with various motions intended to ensure our ability to continue our ordinary operations after the Petition
Date.  The Bankruptcy Court’s Orders granting such relief, entered on May 28, 2020 and May 29, 2020, authorized us to, among other things, pay certain
pre-petition  employee  and  retiree  expenses  and  benefits,  use  our  existing  cash  management  system,  maintain  and  administer  customer  programs,  pay
certain critical and foreign vendors and pay certain pre-petition taxes and related fees. In addition, the Bankruptcy Court issued orders approving, among
other  things,  (1)  our  entry  into  the  Senior  Secured  Super  Priority  Debtor-in-Possession  Credit  Agreement  (the  “DIP  ABL  Credit  Agreement”)  among
the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, for itself and the other lenders, which provides for a super priority secured debtor-in-
possession revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $100 million (the “DIP ABL Facility”), and (2) our use of cash collateral in accordance
with the terms of the DIP ABL Credit Agreement.  See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the DIP ABL
Facility.

These orders are significant because they allow us to operate our businesses in the normal course.

The Bankruptcy Court has issued orders designed to assist us in preserving certain tax attributes by establishing, among other things, notification
and hearing procedures (the “Procedures”) relating to proposed transfers of its common stock and the taking of worthless stock deductions. The Procedures,
among other things, restrict transfers involving, and require notice of the holdings of and proposed transactions by any person or “entity” (as defined the
applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations) owning or seeking to acquire ownership of 4.5% or more of the Company’s common stock. The Bankruptcy Court
orders provide that any actions in violation of the Procedures (including the notice requirements) would be null and void ab initio, and (a) the person or
entity making such a transfer would be required to take remedial actions specified by us to appropriately reflect that such transfer of our common stock is
null and void ab initio and (b) the person or entity making such a declaration of worthlessness with respect to our common stock would be required to file
an amended tax return revoking such declaration and any related deduction to reflect that such declaration is void ab initio.

F-7

 
 
 
 
On June 9, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court issued an order approving procedures for the closure of up to 230 of our store locations.  In early June 2020,
we commenced the process to close 132 store locations in a first wave of store closings.  By the end of July 2020, all of these stores were permanently
closed.  In mid-July 2020, we began the process to close an additional 65 stores following negotiations with our landlords.  We also expect to close our
Phoenix, Arizona distribution center in early fiscal 2021.  In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we recorded impairment, and abandonment charges of
$105.2 million, related to our permanent closure plans.

On July 10, 2020, in accordance with a final order issued by the Bankruptcy Court on July 10, 2020, we entered into a Senior Secured Super Priority
Debtor-In-Possession Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the “DIP DDTL Agreement”) with the Franchise Group, Inc. (the “Lender”). Pursuant to the
DIP DDTL Agreement, the Lender agreed to lend us up to an aggregate principal amount of $25 million in the form of delayed draw term loans (the “DIP
Term Facility”).  See Note 12 for additional information.

De-listing

On  May  27,  2020,  the  Company  received  a  letter  from  the  Listing  Qualifications  Department  staff  of  The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  (“Nasdaq”)
notifying it that, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rules 5101, 5110(b) and IM-5101-1, Nasdaq determined that
the Company’s common stock will be delisted from Nasdaq. On June 8, 2020, trading of the Company’s common stock on Nasdaq was suspended.  On July
1, 2020, Nasdaq filed a Form 25 with the SEC to delist the Company’s common stock. The Company’s common stock now trades over the counter in the
OTC Pink Market under the symbol “TUESQ”.

Going Concern

Our operating loss for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was $159.2 million.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  and  the  resulting  store  closures  severely  reduced  our  revenues  and  operating  cash  flows  during  the  third  and  fourth
quarters of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.  As described further above, on May 27, 2020, we commenced the Chapter 11 Cases in the Bankruptcy
Court. The  filing  of  the  Chapter  11  Cases  constituted  an  event  of  default  that  caused  our  obligations  under  the  Pre-Petition  ABL  Credit  Agreement  to
become immediately due and payable. We believe that any efforts to enforce such payment obligations under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement were
stayed as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement with respect to the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement are
subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Court orders modifying the stay, including the order of the Bankruptcy
Court approving the DIP ABL Facility.

Cash and cash equivalents and forecasted cash flows from operations are not expected to be sufficient to meet the Company’s obligations that will
mature  over  the  next  12  months.   Although  we  are  seeking  to  address  our  liquidity  concerns  through  the  Chapter  11  Cases,  the  approval  of  a  plan  of
reorganization or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets is not within our control and uncertainty remains as to whether the Bankruptcy Court will
approve a plan of reorganization or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial
statements do not include any adjustments that would result if the Company was unable to realize its assets and settle its liabilities as a going concern in the
ordinary course of business.  We have concluded that our financial condition and our projected operating results, our need to satisfy certain financial and
other covenants in our debtor-in-possession financing, our need to implement a restructuring plan and receive new financing, and the risks and uncertainties
surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the Chapter 11 Cases raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.  We believe that our
plans, already implemented and continuing to be implemented, will mitigate the conditions and events that have raised substantial doubt about the entity’s
ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.    However,  due  to  the  uncertainty  around  the  scope  and  duration  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  the  related
disruption to our business and financial impacts, and because our plans, including those in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, are not yet finalized, fully
executed, or approved by the Bankruptcy Court, they cannot be deemed probable of mitigating this substantial doubt.

Bankruptcy Accounting

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  going  concern  basis  of  accounting,  which  contemplates  continuity  of  operations,
realization of assets, and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business and reflect the application of Financial Accounting
Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  852,  “Reorganizations”  (“ASC  852”).  ASC  852  requires  that  the  consolidated
financial statements, for periods subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the
reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, certain expenses, gains and losses that are realized or incurred in the bankruptcy
proceedings  are  recorded  in  reorganization  items  on  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  In  addition,  pre-petition  unsecured  and  under-secured
obligations that may be impacted by the bankruptcy reorganization process have been classified as liabilities subject to compromise on our consolidated
balance sheet as of June 30, 2020.

F-8

 
As of June 30, 2020, these liabilities were reported at the amounts expected to be allowed as claims  by  the  Bankruptcy  Court.  Where  there  was
uncertainty about whether a secured claim would be paid or impaired pursuant to the Chapter 11 Cases, we classified the entire amount of the claim as an
outstanding liability subject to compromise as of June 30, 2020. For specific discussion on balances of liabilities subject to compromise and reorganization
items, see below. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of the Chapter 11 Cases. In
particular, the consolidated financial statements do not purport to show: (i) the realizable value of assets on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy
liabilities; (ii) the full amount of pre-petition liabilities that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof; (iii) the effect on
stockholders’ investment accounts of any changes that may be made to our capitalization; or (iv) the effect on operations of any changes that may be made
to our business.

Liabilities Subject to Compromise

As a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, the payment of pre-petition indebtedness was subject to compromise. Generally, actions to enforce or otherwise
effect payment of pre-bankruptcy filing liabilities are stayed. Although payment of pre-petition claims is generally not permitted, the Bankruptcy Court
granted the Company authority to pay certain pre-petition claims in designated categories and subject to certain terms and conditions. This relief generally
was designed to preserve the value of our businesses and assets. Among other things, the Bankruptcy Court authorized the Company to pay certain pre-
petition claims relating to employee wages and benefits, customers, vendors, and suppliers in the ordinary course of business as well as certain insurance,
tax,  and  principal  and  interest  payments.  We  have  been  paying  and  intend  to  continue  to  pay  undisputed  post-petition  claims  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business.  With  respect  to  pre-petition  claims,  we  notified  all  known  claimants  of  the  deadline  to  file  a  proof  of  claim  with  the  Bankruptcy  Court.  Our
liabilities subject to compromise represent the estimate as of June 30, 2020 of claims expected. Pre-petition liabilities that are subject to compromise were
required to be reported at the amounts expected to be allowed, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts. Liabilities subject to compromise in our
condensed consolidated balance sheet include the following as of June 30, 2020 (in thousands):

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Operating lease liabilities
Lease liabilities - non-current
Other liabilities - non-current

Liabilities subject to compromise

  $

  $

83,467 
6,630 
71,097 
294,812 
333 
456,339

Restructuring, Impairment and Abandonment Charges

Restructuring,  impairment,  and  abandonment  charges  total  $113.5  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  and  include  the  following  (in

thousands):

Restructuring costs:
Professional fees
Severance and compensation related costs

Total restructuring costs

Impairment costs:

Store long-lived assets
Distribution center long-lived assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets

Total impairment costs

Abandonment costs:

Accelerated recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets

Total abandonment costs

Total restructuring, impairment and abandonment costs

F-9

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

5,212 
3,122 
8,334 

11,656 
16,794 
51,626 
80,076 

25,082 
25,082 

113,492

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Reorganization Items

Reorganization  items  included  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  represent  amounts  incurred  from  the  Petition  Date  onward  directly

resulting from the Chapter 11 Cases and consist of professional fees of $3.6 million.

Cash paid for reorganization items during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was less than $0.1 million and related to professional fees.  As of June

30, 2020, $3.5 million of professional fees were unpaid and accrued in Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Accounting Pronouncement Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”).  ASC 842 requires
entities (“lessees”) that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases.   Under
ASC  842,  a  right-of-use  asset  and  lease  liability  is  recorded  for  all  leases,  whether  operating  or  finance,  while  the  income  statement  will  reflect  lease
expense  for  operating  leases  and  amortization/interest  expense  for  finance  leases.  In  addition,  ASC  842  requires  disclosures  to  help  investors  and  other
financial statement users better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.

We adopted ASC 842 effective July 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis.  We elected the transition option that allows entities to only apply the
standard at the adoption date and not apply the provisions to comparative periods; therefore, prior periods were not restated.  This transition option allows
the  recognition  of  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment  to  the  opening  balance  of  retained  earnings  in  the  period  of  adoption  rather  than  the  earliest  period
presented.  Our adoption of the standard resulted in a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings of $0.6 million, as of July 1, 2019. The adoption of
the standard resulted in the recognition of operating lease assets of approximately $350 million and liabilities of approximately $375 million as of July 1,
2019.

We elected certain practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, including the package of practical expedients, which allows us to
not reassess whether existing contracts contain leases, the lease classification of existing leases, or initial direct costs for existing leases.  We elected not to
separate lease and non-lease components for new and modified leases and not to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for leases with an initial
term of 12 months or less.  We did not elect the hindsight practical expedient.  The adoption of the standard did not materially impact our consolidated net
income or liquidity, and did not have an impact on debt-covenant compliance under our current revolving credit agreement.

See Note 7 for additional information.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Basis  of  Presentation—The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation,  a  Delaware
corporation, and its wholly‑owned subsidiaries. All entities of the Company were included in the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases and all entities are
included  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  thus  separate  condensed  combined  financial  statements  of  the  entities  in  the  reorganization
proceedings are not required. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. We operate our business as a single
operating  segment.    Certain  reclassifications  were  made  to  prior  period  amounts  to  conform  to  the  current  period  presentation.    None  of  the
reclassifications  affected  our  net  loss  in  any  period.    We  do  not  present  a  separate  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  as  we  have  no  other
comprehensive income items.  Our fiscal year ended on June 30, 2020, which we refer to as fiscal 2020.

Use  of  Estimates—The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include credit card receivables and all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of
three months or less. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. At June 30, 2020 and 2019, credit card receivables from
third  party  consumer  credit  card  providers  were  $3.7  million  and  $9.7  million,  respectively.    Such  receivables  generally  are  collected  within  one
week of the balance sheet date.

Inventories—Inventories, consisting of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market using the retail inventory method for store inventory
and the specific identification method for warehouse inventory. We have a perpetual inventory system that tracks on-hand inventory and inventory
sold at a SKU level. Inventory is relieved and cost of sales is recorded based on the current cost of the item sold. Buying, distribution, freight and
certain other costs are capitalized as part of inventory and are charged to cost of sales as the related inventory is sold. We charged $97.8 million,
$106.6 million, and $109.1 million, of such capitalized inventory costs to cost of sales for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018,
respectively. We have capitalized $22.3 million and $32.9 million of such costs in inventory at June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
Stores generally conduct annual physical inventories, staggered during the second half of the fiscal year. During periods in which physical inventory
observations do not occur, we utilize an estimate for recording inventory shrink based on the historical results of our previous physical inventories.
In  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2020,  due  to  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  including  our  temporary  store  closures,  we  conducted  physical
inventories at a portion of our stores sufficient to validate the existence of inventory in our stores and the accuracy of our estimated shrink reserve
rate.  We have loss prevention and inventory controls programs that we believe minimize shrink. The estimated shrink rate may require a favorable
or  unfavorable  adjustment  to  actual  results  to  the  extent  that  our  subsequent  actual  physical  inventory  results  yield  a  different  result.  Although
inventory shrink rates have not fluctuated significantly in recent years, if the actual rate were to differ from our estimates, then an adjustment to
inventory shrink would be required.

We  review  our  inventory  during  and  at  the  end  of  each  quarter  to  ensure  that  all  necessary  pricing  actions  are  taken  to  adequately  value  our
inventory  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  by  recording  permanent  markdowns  to  our  on-hand  inventory.  Management  believes  these  markdowns
result in the appropriate prices necessary to stimulate demand for the merchandise. Actual recorded permanent markdowns could differ materially
from management’s initial estimates based on future customer demand or economic conditions.

(e)

Property  and  Equipment—Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Buildings,  furniture,  fixtures,  leasehold
improvements, finance leases and equipment are depreciated on a straight‑line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Estimated Useful Lives

Buildings
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Equipment
Assets under capital lease
Software

30 years
3 to 7 years

  Shorter of useful life or lease term

5 to 10 years

  Shorter of useful life or lease term

3 to 10 years

Upon  sale  or  retirement  of  an  asset,  the  related  cost  and  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from  our  balance  sheet  and  any  gain  or  loss  is
recognized  in  the  statement  of  operations.  Expenditures  for  maintenance,  minor  renewals  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred,  while  major
replacements and improvements are capitalized.

(f)

(g)

Deferred Financing Costs—Deferred financing costs represent costs paid in connection with obtaining bank and other long‑term financing. These
costs are amortized over the term of the related financing using the effective interest method.

Income Taxes—Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective
tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using statutory tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the date of enactment. Valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than
not that the realization of those deferred tax assets will not occur. Valuation allowances are released when positive evidence becomes available that
future taxable income is sufficient to utilize the underlying deferred tax assets.

We file our annual federal income tax return on a consolidated basis. Furthermore, we recognize uncertain tax positions when we have determined it
is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. However, new information may become available, or applicable laws
or regulations may change, thereby resulting in a favorable or unfavorable adjustment to amounts recorded.

Our  results  of  operations  included  the  impact  of  the  enactment  of  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  of  2017  (“TCJA”),  which  was  signed  into  law  on
December 22, 2017.  The TCJA made significant and complex changes to U.S. tax law including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal
corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and providing a refund mechanism for existing
AMT  credits;  (iii)  creating  a  new  limitation  on  the  deductibility  of    interest  expense;  (iv)  changing  rules  related  to  uses  and  limitation  of  net
operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017; and (v) significant acceleration of depreciation expense.  As a
result of the adoption of the TCJA upon enactment during fiscal year 2018, the blended statutory federal tax rate for fiscal 2018 was 27.2% with the
statutory rate of 21% for fiscal 2019 and beyond.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  March  27,  2020,  in  an  effort  to  mitigate  the  economic  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  U.S.  Congress  enacted  the  Coronavirus  Aid,
Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). The CARES Act includes certain corporate income tax provisions, which among other things,
included a five-year carryback of net operating losses and acceleration of the corporate AMT credit. The Company has evaluated the CARES Act
and it is not expected to have a material impact on the income tax provision. The CARES Act also contains provisions for deferral of the employer
portion of social security taxes incurred through the end of calendar 2020 and an employee retention credit, a refundable payroll credit for 50% of
wages and health benefits paid to employees not providing services due to the pandemic. As a result of the CARES Act, we intend to defer qualified
payroll taxes and claim the employee retention credit.  At this point in time, the amount of the credit is still being evaluated.

(h)

Self-Insurance  Reserves—We  use  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self‑insurance  plans  to  provide  for  the  potential  liabilities  associated  with
workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  property  insurance,  director  and  officers’  liability  insurance,  vehicle  liability  and  employee  health  care
benefits. Our stop loss limits per claim are $500,000 for workers’ compensation, $250,000 for general liability, and $150,000 for medical. Liabilities
associated  with  the  risks  that  are  retained  by  us  are  estimated,  in  part,  by  historical  claims  experience,  severity  factors  and  the  use  of  loss
development factors by third-party actuaries.

The insurance liabilities we record are primarily influenced by the frequency and severity of claims, and include a reserve for claims incurred but
not  yet  reported.  Our  estimated  reserves  may  be  materially  different  from  our  future  actual  claim  costs,  and,  when  required  adjustments  to  our
estimate  reserves  are  identified,  the  liability  will  be  adjusted  accordingly  in  that  period.  Our  self‑insurance  reserves  for  workers’  compensation,
general liability and medical were $8.4 million, $1.3 million, and $0.9 million, respectively, at June 30, 2020, and $8.2 million, $1.1 million, and
$0.9 million, respectively, at June 30, 2019.    

We  recognize  insurance  expenses  based  on  the  date  of  an  occurrence  of  a  loss  including  the  actual  and  estimated  ultimate  costs  of  our  claims.
Claims  are  paid  from  our  reserves  and  our  current  period  insurance  expense  is  adjusted  for  the  difference  in  prior  period  recorded  reserves  and
actual payments as well as changes in estimated reserves. Current period insurance expenses also include the amortization of our premiums paid to
our  insurance  carriers.  Expenses  for  workers’  compensation,  general  liability  and  medical  insurance  were  $2.7  million,  $3.3  million  and
$8.7 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, $2.1 million, $2.3 million and $7.9 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2019, and $5.3 million, $2.9 million and $6.4 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.      

(i)

Revenue Recognition—Our revenue is earned from sales of merchandise within our stores and is recorded at the point of sale and conveyance of
merchandise to customers. Revenue is measured based on the amount of consideration that we expect to receive, reduced by point of sale discounts
and estimates for sales returns, and excludes sales tax.  Payment for our sales is due at the time of sale.  

We maintain a reserve for estimated sales returns, and we use historical customer return behavior to estimate our reserve requirements.  ASU No.
2014-09,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)”  (“ASC  606”),  adopted  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  required  a  change  in
presentation of the sales return reserve on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, which we previously presented net of the estimated value of returned
merchandise, but is now being presented on a gross basis.  In the first quarter of fiscal 2019, we recorded an immaterial adjustment to present the
reserve  on  a  gross  basis,  increasing  “Accrued  Liabilities”  and  recording  the  corresponding  returns  asset,  as  evaluated  for  impairment,  in  “Other
Assets,” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. No impairment of the returns asset was indicated or recorded for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.  

Gift cards are sold to customers in our stores and we issue gift cards for merchandise returns in our stores. Revenue from sales of gift cards and
issuances of merchandise credits is recognized when the gift card is redeemed by the customer, or if the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed
by the customer is remote (gift card breakage). The gift card breakage rate is determined based upon historical redemption patterns. An estimate of
the  rate  of  gift  card  breakage  is  applied  over  the  period  of  estimated  performance  and  the  breakage  amounts  are  included  in  net  sales  in  the
Consolidated Statement of Operations.  Breakage income recognized was $0.8 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million for the fiscal years ended June
30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  The gift card liability is included in “Accrued Liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30,
2020.

Advertising—Costs  for  direct  mail,  television,  radio,  newspaper,  digital  and  other  media  are  expensed  as  the  advertised  events  take  place.
Advertising expenses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 were $18.6 million, $26.5 million, and $27.2 million, respectively.
We do not receive consideration from vendors to support our advertising expenditures. As of June 30, 2020, prepaid advertising was approximately
$146,000, compared to $177,000 at June 30, 2019.

Financial Instruments—The fair value of financial instruments is determined by reference to various market data and other valuation techniques as
appropriate.  The only financial instrument we carry is our revolving credit facility. See Note 3.

Share‑Based Compensation—The fair value of each stock option granted during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was estimated
at the date of grant using a Black‑Scholes option pricing model.

(j)

(k)

(l)

F-12

 
  
The risk‑free interest rate is the constant maturity risk-free interest rate for U.S. Treasury instruments with terms consistent with the expected lives
of  the  awards.    The  expected  term  of  an  option  is  based  on  our  historical  review  of  employee  exercise  behavior  based  on  the  employee  class
(executive  or  non‑executive)  and  based  on  our  consideration  of  the  remaining  contractual  term  if  limited  exercise  activity  existed  for  a  certain
employee class.    The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  both  the  historical  volatility  of  our  stock  based  on  our  historical  stock  prices  and  implied
volatility of our traded stock options.  The expected dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends on our common stock for the
foreseeable future.

These valuation inputs were as shown below.  In fiscal 2020, stock options were granted in the first fiscal quarter only.

Weighted average risk-free interest rate
Expected life of options (years)
Expected stock volatility
Expected dividend yield

2020
2.4%
4.6
64.8%
0.0%

Fiscal Years Ended June 30,

2019
2.3 - 2.9%
3.8 - 5.0

49.0 - 64.8%    

0.0%

2018
1.7 - 2.5%
3.8 - 4.9
60.0 - 63.3%
0.0%

(m) Net  Loss  Per  Common  Share—Basic  net  loss  per  common  share  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  was  calculated  by
dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for each period. Diluted net loss per common share for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018, was calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares including the
impact of dilutive common stock equivalents (unless anti-dilutive). See Note 9.

(n)

Impairment of Long‑Lived Assets and Long‑Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of—Long‑lived assets, principally property and equipment and leasehold
improvements,  as  well  as  lease  right-of-use  assets  subsequent  to  the  adoption  of  ASC  842,  are  reviewed  for  impairment  when,  in  management’s
judgment, events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. Impairment is
indicated when the sum of the estimated future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, is less than the asset’s (asset group’s) carrying amount. Then,
when the fair value of the estimated future cash flows, on a discounted basis, is less than carrying amount, an impairment charge is recorded.  Assets
subject to fair value measurement under ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement”, are categorized into one of three different levels of the fair value
hierarchy depending on the observability of the inputs employed in the measurement, as follows:

•

•

•

Level 1 – observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets in active markets.

Level  2  –  inputs  that  reflect  quoted  prices  for  identical  assets  in  markets  which  are  not  active;  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  in  active
markets;  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  that  are  observable  for  the  asset;  or  inputs  that  are  derived  principally  from  or  corroborated  by
observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. 
These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.

Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

See Note 2 and Note 7 for additional information.  

(o)

(p)

Intellectual  Property—Our  intellectual  property  primarily  consists  of  indefinite-lived  trademarks.  We  evaluate  annually  whether  the  trademarks
continue to have an indefinite life. Trademarks and other intellectual property are reviewed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, and may
be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present.

As of June 30, 2020, the carrying value of the intellectual property was $1.6 million and no impairment was identified or recorded.

Cease-use Liability—Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, amounts in “Accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities – non-current” in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets include the current and long-term portions, respectively, of accruals for the net present value of future minimum lease payments, net
of estimated sublease income, attributable to closed stores with remaining lease obligations. The cease-use liability was $2,000 at June 30, 2019, and
was all classified as short-term. Expenses related to store closings are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(r)

Asset  Retirement  Obligations—We  account  for  asset  retirement  obligations  (“ARO”)  in  accordance  with  ASC  410,  Asset  Retirement  and
Environmental Obligations, which  requires  the  recognition  of  a  liability  for  the  fair  value  of  a  legally  required  asset  retirement  obligation  when
incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. Our ARO liabilities are associated with the disposal and retirement of leasehold
improvements and removal of installed equipment, resulting from contractual obligations, at the end of a lease to restore a facility to a condition
specified in the lease agreement.

We record the net present value of the ARO liability and also record a related capital asset, in an equal amount, for leases which contractually result
in  an  ARO.  The  estimated  ARO  liability  is  based  on  a  number  of  assumptions,  including  costs  to  return  facilities  back  to  specified  conditions,
inflation rates and discount rates. Accretion expense related to the ARO liability is recognized as operating expense in our Consolidated Statements
of Operations. The capitalized asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the related leasehold improvements. Upon ARO
fulfillment, any difference between the actual retirement expense incurred and the recorded estimated ARO liability is recognized as an operating
gain or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Our ARO liability, which totaled $2.8 million as of June 30, 2020 was comprised of a
$1.6 million short-term portion included in accrued liabilities and a $1.2 million long-term portion included in “Asset retirement obligation—non-
current” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2020.   Our ARO liability, which totaled $3.1 million as of June 30, 2019 was comprised of
a $0.1 million short-term portion included in accrued liabilities and a $3.0 million long-term portion included in “Asset retirement obligation—non-
current” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2019.  

(s)

Leases— We conduct substantially all operations from leased facilities, with the exception of the corporate headquarters in Dallas and the Dallas
warehouse, distribution and retail complex, which are owned facilities.  The other warehouse facility and all other retail store locations are under
operating leases that will expire over the next 1 to 11 years.  Many of our leases include options to renew at our discretion.  We include the lease
renewal option periods in the calculation of our operating lease assets and liabilities when it is reasonably certain that we will renew the lease.  We
also lease certain equipment under operating and finance leases that expire generally within 60 months. As discussed in Note 7, we adopted ASC
842 effective July 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective adoption method, which resulted in an adjustment to opening retained earnings of $0.6
million as of July 1, 2019 to recognize impairment of the opening right-of-use asset balance for two stores for which assets had been previously
impaired under ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” We utilized the simplified transition option available in ASC 842, which allowed the
continued application of the legacy guidance in ASC 840, including disclosure requirements, in the comparative periods presented in the year of
adoption.

(t)

Legal Proceedings— Information related to the Chapter 11 Cases that were filed on May 27, 2020 is included in Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

In addition, we are involved in legal and governmental proceedings as part of the normal course of our business. Reserves have been established
when a loss is considered probable and are based on management’s best estimates of our potential liability in these matters. These estimates have
been  developed  in  consultation  with  internal  and  external  counsel  and  are  based  on  a  combination  of  litigation  and  settlement
strategies.    Management  believes  that  such  litigation  and  claims  will  be  resolved  without  material  effect  on  our  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

(u)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326)”  (“ASC  326”),  which  makes  significant
changes  to  the  accounting  for  credit  losses  on  financial  assets  and  disclosures.    The  standard  requires  immediate  recognition  of  management’s
estimates  of  current  expected  credit  losses.   We  will  adopt  ASC  326  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021.   The  adoption  is  not  expected  to  have  a
material impact to our consolidated financial statements.  

(2) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, consisted of the following (in thousands):

Land
Buildings and building improvements
Furniture and fixtures
Equipment
Software
Leasehold improvements
Assets under capital lease

Less accumulated depreciation
Net property and equipment

June 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

6,628    $
43,215   
63,755   
68,909   
50,691   
65,281   
1,223   
299,702   
(231,067)  

68,635    $

6,628 
41,794 
63,857 
67,754 
47,214 
61,802 
783 
289,832 
(179,686)
110,146  

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we recorded impairment charges of $28.5 million for property and equipment related to our permanent store and
Phoenix distribution center closing plans, as well as for our Dallas distribution center retrofit project which was cancelled as a result of the COVID-19
impact to our business.

(3) DEBT

We are party to a credit agreement which provided for an asset-based, five-year senior secured revolving credit facility in the original amount of up
to $180.0 million which was scheduled to mature on January 29, 2024 (the “Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement”).  The availability of funds under the Pre-
Petition ABL Credit Agreement was limited to the lesser of a calculated borrowing base and the lenders’ aggregate commitments under the Pre-Petition
ABL Credit Agreement. Our indebtedness under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets.

On May 14, 2020, we entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement (the “Forbearance Agreement”) with the lenders under the Pre-Petition ABL

Credit Agreement.

Under the terms of the Forbearance Agreement, the lenders under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement agreed to not exercise remedies under the
Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement and applicable law through May 26, 2020 (or earlier, if certain events occurred) based on the event of default resulting
from our suspension of the operation of our business in the ordinary course and other events of default that may arise during the forbearance period as a
result of failing to meet our obligations under certain agreements.

Pursuant to the Forbearance Agreement, the commitment of the lenders under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement was permanently reduced
from  $180  million  to  $130  million  and  new  swingline  loans  were  not  advanced.  During  the  forbearance  period,  the  lenders  were  not  obligated  to  fund
further loans or issue or renew letters of credit under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement. The Forbearance Agreement required loan repayments of $10
million under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement, and the application of unrestricted and unencumbered cash balances in excess of $32 million to the
repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement. The Forbearance Agreement also required daily cash sweeps to the
Company’s  main  concentration  account,  a  deposit  account  control  agreement  over  such  account,  the  imposition  of  additional  reporting  obligations,
including a business plan, cash flow forecasts and working capital plan, and adherence to such cash flow forecasts, subject to certain permitted variances.
The Forbearance Agreement also required the Company to retain a liquidation consultant and financial advisor.  The Forbearance Agreement ended on May
26, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, we had $0.1 million remaining outstanding under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement.  The filing of the Chapter 11 Cases
on May 27, 2020, was an event of default under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement, making all amounts outstanding under the existing Pre-Petition
ABL Credit Agreement  immediately  due  and  payable.  As  of  June  30,  2020,  all  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  existing  agreement  are  reflected  as  a
current liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  As discussed in Note 1, we believe that any efforts to enforce such payment obligations under the Pre-
Petition ABL Credit Agreement were stayed as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement with respect to the
Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and any Bankruptcy Court orders modifying the stay,
including the orders of the Bankruptcy Court approving the DIP ABL Facility.

The fair value of the Company’s debt approximated its carrying amount as of June 30, 2020.  

As no availability remains under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement, unused commitment fees and interest charges ceased. 

At June 30, 2019, we had $34.7 million of borrowings outstanding under the Pre-Petition ABL Agreement, $11.5 million of outstanding letters of
credit and availability of $65.0 million. Letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility are generally for self-insurance purposes.  Interest expense for
fiscal  2019  from  the  Pre-Petition  ABL  Agreement  of  $2.5  million  was  comprised  of  interest  of  $1.7  million,  commitment  fees  of  $0.5  million,  and  the
amortization of financing fees of $0.3 million.  Interest expense from the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement of $2.1 million for fiscal 2018 was comprised
of interest of $1.3 million, commitment fees of $0.4 million, and the amortization of financing fees of $0.4 million.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
DIP ABL Facility

On May 29, 2020, we entered into the DIP ABL Credit Agreement. The Lenders under the DIP ABL Facility are the existing lenders under the Pre-

Petition ABL Credit Agreement.

The DIP ABL Credit Agreement includes conditions precedent, representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of
default  customary  for  financings  of  this  type  and  size.  The  DIP  ABL  Credit  Agreement  requires  us  to,  among  other  things,  maintain  certain  minimum
liquidity requirements, and receive approval of a plan of reorganization or sale of substantially all our assets through the Chapter 11 process pursuant to
certain agreed upon deadlines.  On September 8, 2020, the lenders under the DIP ABL Facility agreed to extend the deadline contained in the court order
approving the DIP ABL Credit Agreement for filing a plan of reorganization or motion to sell substantially all of our assets to September 17, 2020.  On
September 9, 2020, the committee for the unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 Cases filed an objection with the Bankruptcy Court asserting the extension
was not valid.  The Company believes the objection is without merit and intends to vigorously oppose the objection.

Under the terms of the DIP ABL Credit Agreement, amounts available for advances are subject to a borrowing base generally consistent with the
borrowing base under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement, subject to certain agreed upon exceptions. The DIP ABL Credit Agreement requires that all
proceeds of advances under the DIP ABL Facility be used only for ordinary course general corporate and working capital purposes, costs of administration
of the Chapter 11 Cases, certain professional fees and fees and expenses relating to the DIP ABL Facility, in each case, in accordance with a cash flow
budget that will be updated periodically, subject to certain permitted variances. The DIP ABL Credit Agreement requires that all cash received by us (other
than proceeds of the DIP ABL Facility) be applied to repay outstanding amounts under the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement.  As of June 30, 2020, we
had  no  amounts  outstanding  under  the  DIP  ABL  Facility,  $8.8  million  of  outstanding  letters  of  credit  and  approximately  $33.0  million  of  borrowing
capacity available under the DIP ABL Facility.

The  commitments  of  the  lenders  under  the  DIP  ABL  Facility  terminate  and  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  DIP  ABL  Facility  mature  at  the
earliest of the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Petition Date; the date of consummation of the sale of all or substantially all of our
assets; the effective date of a plan of reorganization; or upon the occurrence of an event of default under the DIP ABL Credit Agreement or such other date
as the outstanding borrowings under the DIP Facility are accelerated.

See Note 11 for additional discussion on dividend restrictions under the DIP ABL Facility and the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement.

See Note 12 for information regarding the DIP Term Facility.

(4) ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities not subject to compromise consisted of the following (in thousands):

Sales and use tax
Self-insurance reserves
Wages, benefits and payroll taxes
Property taxes
Freight and distribution
Capital expenditures
Utilities
Advertising
Deferred rent
Gift card liability
Asset retirement obligation
Reorganization expenses
Other expenses
Total accrued liabilities

June 30,

2020

2019

5,027 
10,631 
2,303 
1,809 
1,620 
— 
791 
69 
— 
1,281 
1,598 
3,544 
5,269 
33,942 

 $

 $

3,452 
10,248 
12,429 
1,655 
6,222 
884 
1,056 
61 
2,418 
1,894 
55 
— 
5,549 
45,923  

$

$

Liabilities subject to compromise are discussed in Note 1 above and are not included in this table of accrued liabilities.

F-16

 
 
                                          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
(5) INCOME TAXES

Income tax provision/(benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020

Federal
State and local
Total

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019

Federal
State and local
Total

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2018

Federal
State and local
Total

Current

Deferred

Total

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

(286)   $
196   
(90)   $

(286)   $
225   
(61)   $

—    $
426   
426    $

306    $
5   
311    $

303    $
4   
307    $

(568)   $
3   
(565)   $

20 
201 
221 

17 
229 
246 

(568)
429 
(139)

A  reconciliation  between  income  taxes  computed  at  the  statutory  federal  income  tax  rate  of  21%  in  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  the  blended  statutory

federal income tax rate of 27.2% in fiscal 2018 and income taxes recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was as follows (in thousands):

Federal income tax benefit computed at statutory rate
State income taxes, net of related federal tax benefit
Increase in federal valuation allowance
Federal tax credits
Stock option expiration/deficiencies
Federal tax rate change
Other, net
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes

Fiscal Year Ended

June 30,

2019

2018

(2,561)   $
181   
2,291   
(294)  
548   
—   
81   
246    $

(6,005)
314 
5,182 
(200)
586 
(19)
3 
(139)

2020

(34,883)   $
159   
34,586   
(91)  
620   
—   
(170)  
221    $

  $

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities for the fiscal years ended June 30,
2020 and 2019, all of which are classified as non-current in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, were comprised of the following (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Other payroll and benefits
Inventory reserves
Self-insurance reserves
Share-based compensation
Other current assets
Deferred rent
Operating lease liabilities
Property and equipment
Disallowed interest expense
Net operating loss and tax credits
Other noncurrent assets
Total gross deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventory costs
Prepaid supplies
Operating lease - right of use
Property and equipment

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

June 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

  $

  $

189    $

1,516   
2,620   
1,648   
1,288   
—   
87,073   
3,208   
942   
38,096   
191   
136,771    $

4,371    $
1,174   
63,694   
—   
69,239   
(67,626)  

(94)   $

2,093 
172 
2,526 
1,968 
2,424 
5,895 
— 
— 
— 
27,358 
10 
42,446 

5,609 
1,329 
— 
7,761 
14,699 
(27,531)
216  

During fiscal 2013, we established a valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets. In assessing whether a deferred tax asset would be realized,
we considered whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets would not be realized. We considered the reversal of
existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and loss carry back potential in making this assessment. In
evaluating  the  likelihood  that  sufficient  future  earnings  would  be  available  in  the  near  future  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  assets,  we  considered  our
cumulative losses over three years including the then-current year. Based on the foregoing, we concluded that a valuation allowance was necessary, and
based on our results since fiscal 2013, we have continued to conclude that a full tax valuation allowance is necessary. In fiscal 2018, as a result of the TCJA
enactment, the federal component of deferred taxes was remeasured at 21%, the tax rate at which they are expected to turn in future years. The valuation
allowance offsetting these deferred taxes was reduced accordingly.  The valuation allowance previously recorded against our AMT credits of $571,000 was
removed to reflect that they will be refunded pursuant to the TCJA beginning on our fiscal year 2019 tax return.  Further, federal deferred tax liabilities
related to the amortization of trademarks for tax purposes, which are not considered for purposes of the valuation allowance computation, were reduced by
$21,000 during fiscal 2019, resulting in a tax benefit of that amount.   In fiscal 2020, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance increased $40.1 million,
due  to  our  operating  loss  for  fiscal  2020.  In  March  2020,  Congress  passed  the  CARES  Act.  Pursuant  to  this  legislation,  the  remaining  AMT  credits  of
$286,000 were reclassified from deferred tax assets to a current tax receivable in fiscal 2020.   

We have federal net operating loss carryforwards of $139.6 million. These losses can only be carried forward and utilized to offset future taxable
income.  Of this carryforward amount, $73.7 million will expire in fiscal years 2033 through 2037 if not utilized before then. The remaining $65.9 million
can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely,  due  to  provisions  of  the  TCJA.   Additionally,  we  have  tax  effected  state  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  $5.4
million, which will expire throughout fiscal years 2020 through 2040 filings, if not utilized before then.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.  The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and
various  state  jurisdictions.  With  few  exceptions,  the  Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local  income  tax  examinations  by  tax
authorities for years before fiscal 2014. The Internal Revenue Service has concluded an examination of the Company for years ending on or before June 30,
2010.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at June 30, 2017
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at June 30, 2018
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at June 30, 2019
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at June 30, 2020

  $

  $

  $

  $

147 
— 
— 
147 
— 
— 
147 
— 
— 
147  

The balance of taxes, interest, and penalties at June 30, 2020, that if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $311,000. We classify and
recognize interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and
2018, we recognized $11,000, $9,000, and $7,000 in interest, respectively. No interest or penalties were paid in the tax years ended June 30, 2020, 2019,
and 2018.  

We do not anticipate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease the effective tax rate within 12 months

of June 30, 2020.

(6) SHARE‑BASED INCENTIVE PLANS

Stock Option Awards. We have established the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and the
Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2014 Plan”), which allow for the granting of stock options to directors,
officers and key employees of the Company, and certain other key individuals who perform services for us and our subsidiaries. Equity awards may no
longer be granted under the 2008 Plan, but equity awards granted under the 2008 Plan are still outstanding.

On September 16, 2014, our Board of Directors adopted the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), and
the 2014 Plan was approved by our stockholders at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders on November 12, 2014.  The 2014 Plan became effective on
September 16, 2014, and the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan, as amended, is 6.1 million shares plus any awards
under the 2008 Plan (i) that were outstanding on September 16, 2014, and, on or after September 16, 2014, are forfeited, expired or are cancelled, and (ii)
any shares subject to such awards that, on or after September 16, 2014 are used to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding obligations with respect to
such awards. Our Board of Directors also approved the termination of the Company’s ability to grant new awards under the 2008 Plan, effective upon the
date of stockholder approval of the 2014 Plan, and no new awards will be made under the 2008 Plan.  On September 22, 2016, our Board of Directors
adopted amendments to the 2014 Plan, which were approved at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to increase the number of shares of our common
stock  available  for  issuance  under  the  2014  Plan  and  to  make  additional  amendments  to  the  2014  Plan  to,  among  other  things,  remove  liberal  share
recycling, reduce the number of shares exempt from minimum vesting, and eliminate discretion to accelerate vesting upon a change in control.  On August
22,  2017,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  Second  Amendment  to  the  2014  Plan  that  modified  the  minimum  vesting  provisions  as  they  apply  to  non-
employee directors.

The 2014 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted
stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, and other awards which may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem, and which may
be paid in cash, shares of common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of common stock.  Under the 2014 Plan, stock options may not vest earlier
than one year after the date of grant. “Full Value Awards” (i.e., restricted stock or restricted stock units) that constitute performance awards must vest no
earlier than one year after the date of grant and Full Value Awards that constituted “Tenure Awards” (i.e., awards that vest upon passage of time) may not
vest earlier than over the three-year period commencing on the date of grant (other than awards to non-employee directors which may not vest earlier than
one year from the date of grant).  The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors may grant only stock options or Full Value Awards with vesting
conditions that are more favorable than the foregoing restrictions with respect to up to 5% of the shares of common stock authorized under the 2014 Plan
(referred to in the 2014 Plan as “exempt shares”).  

F-19

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
On November 16, 2016, our stockholders approved amendments to the 2014 Plan to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock
available for issuance under the 2014 Plan by 2,500,000 shares and to make additional amendments to the 2014 Plan, including (i) reducing the percentage
of shares exempt from the minimum vesting requirements under the 2014 Plan, (ii) adding a clawback policy, (iii) generally eliminating the discretion of
the  Board  of  Directors  to  accelerate  the  vesting  of  outstanding  and  unvested  awards  upon  a  change  of  control  and  (iv)  providing  that  certain  shares
surrendered in payment of the exercise price of awards or withheld for tax withholding would count against the shares available under the 2014 Plan.

Stock options were awarded with a strike price at a fair market value equal to the closing price of our common stock on the date of the grant under

the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan.

Options granted under the 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan typically vest over periods of one to four years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
Options  granted  under  the  2008  Plan  and  the  2014  Plan  may  have  certain  performance  requirements  in  addition  to  service  terms.  If  the  performance
conditions are not satisfied, the options are forfeited. The exercise prices of stock options outstanding on June 30, 2020, range between $1.64 per share and
$20.91 per share.  The 2008 Plan terminated as to new awards as of September 16, 2014. There were 2.8 million shares available for grant under the 2014
Plan at June 30, 2020.

Following is a summary of transactions relating to the 2008 Plan and 2014 Plan options for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018

(share amounts and aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):

Options Outstanding at June 30, 2017

Granted during year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited or expired during year
Options Outstanding at June 30, 2018

Granted during year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited or expired during year
Options Outstanding at June 30, 2019

Granted during year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited or expired during year
Options Outstanding at June 30, 2020

Options Exercisable at June 30, 2020

Number of
Shares

Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price

3,516     
621     
(3)    
(177)    
3,957     
537     
(3)    
(793)    
3,698     
12     
—     
(1,015)    
2,695     
1,920    $

7.02     
2.46     
1.24     
7.21     
6.30     
3.22     
2.10     
7.38     
5.63     
1.64     
—     
6.22     
5.33     
6.11     

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

7.86     

2 

7.21     

475 

7.10     

— 

6.11     
5.54    $

— 

—

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018, was $0.83 per

share, $1.71 per share, and $1.22 per share, respectively. There is no intrinsic value of vested unexercised options at June 30, 2020. 

There were options to purchase zero, 3,105 and 3,000 shares of our common stock, which were exercised during the fiscal years ended June 30,
2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  stock  options  exercised  was  $0,  $1,800,  and  $3,700  during  the  fiscal  years  ended
June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. At June 30, 2020, we had $0.7 million of total unrecognized share‑based compensation expense related to
stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.59 years.

F-20

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at June 30, 2020:

Range of Exercise Prices
$1.64 - $2.10
$2.45 - $2.45
$3.12 - $3.12
$3.25 - $3.25
$3.95 - $5.59
$5.64 - $5.64
$5.95 - $5.95
$6.58 - $6.58
$6.71 - $6.71
$7.90 - $20.91

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number

Outstanding  

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share

Number
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Per Share

195,671   
365,778   
18,750   
481,823   
169,803   
376,101   
342,825   
22,615   
387,117   
334,133   
2,694,616   

7.09  $
7.22   
6.32 
8.03 
4.70 
5.59 
4.56 
5.88 
6.15 
4.37 
6.11   

2.03     
2.45     
3.12     
3.25     
4.66     
5.64     
5.95     
6.58     
6.71     
11.24     
5.33     

105,383    $
182,894     
11,250     
121,164     
137,301     
376,101     
342,825     
22,615     
290,683     
329,430     
1,919,646     

2.07 
2.45 
3.12 
3.25 
4.74 
5.64 
5.95 
6.58 
6.71 
11.29 
6.11

Restricted Stock Awards—The 2008 Plan and the 2014 Plan authorize the grant of restricted stock awards to directors, officers, key employees and
certain other key individuals who perform services for us and our subsidiaries. Equity awards may no longer be granted under the 2008 Plan, but restricted
stock  awards  granted  under  the  2008  Plan  are  still  outstanding.  Restricted  stock  awards  are  not  transferable,  but  bear  certain  rights  of  common  stock
ownership including voting and dividend rights. Shares are valued at the fair market value of our common stock at the date of award. Shares may be subject
to certain performance requirements. If the performance requirements are not met, the restricted shares are forfeited. Under the 2008 Plan and the 2014
Plan, as of June 30, 2020, there were 1,979,480 shares of restricted stock and 1,309,305 restricted stock units outstanding with award vesting periods, both
performance-based and service-based, of one to four years and a weighted average grant date fair value of $2.43 and $1.85 per share, respectively.

The  following  table  summarizes  information  about  restricted  stock  awards  outstanding  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2020,  2019,  and  2018

(share amounts in thousands):

Outstanding at June 30, 2017
Granted during year
Vested during year
Forfeited during year
Outstanding at June 30, 2018
Granted during year
Vested during year
Forfeited during year
Outstanding at June 30, 2019
Granted during year
Vested during year
Forfeited during year
Outstanding at June 30, 2020

Number of
Shares

Weighted-
Average
Fair Value at
Date of Grant

 $

1,090 
981 
(398)
(240)
1,433    $
1,037   
(421)  
(209)  
1,840    $
1,480   
(505)  
(836)  
1,979    $

6.57 
2.44 
6.81 
4.94 
3.95 
3.09 
4.59 
3.63 
3.36 
1.63 
3.55 
2.38 
2.43  

Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Awards  and  Performance-Based  Stock  Option  Awards.    As  of  June  30,  2020,  there  were  989,093
unvested  performance-based  restricted  stock  awards  and  performance-based  stock  options  outstanding  under  the  2014  Plan,  which  are  included  in  the
respective stock option and restricted stock tables above.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share-based compensation costs: We recognized share‑based compensation costs as follows (in thousands):

Amortization of share-based compensation during the period
Amounts capitalized in inventory
Amount recognized and charged to cost of sales
Amounts charged against income for the period before tax

(7) OPERATING LEASES

2020

Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
2019

2018

  $

  $

2,555    $
(681)    
846     
2,720    $

3,488    $
(1,114)    
1,162     
3,536    $

3,349 
(1,280)
1,364 
3,433  

We conduct substantially all operations from leased facilities, with the exception of the corporate headquarters in Dallas and the Dallas warehouse,
distribution and retail complex, which are owned facilities.  The other warehouse facility and all other retail store locations are under operating leases that
will expire over the next 1 to 11 years.  Many of our leases include options to renew at our discretion.  We include the lease renewal option periods in the
calculation of our operating lease assets and liabilities when it is reasonably certain that we will renew the lease.  We also lease certain equipment under
finance leases that expire generally within 60 months.

As  discussed  in  Note  1,  we  adopted  ASC  842  effective  July  1,  2019  using  the  modified  retrospective  adoption  method,  which  resulted  in  an
adjustment to opening retained earnings of $0.6 million as of July 1, 2019 to recognize impairment of the opening right-of-use asset balance for two stores
for which assets had been previously impaired under ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.”

We  utilized  the  simplified  transition  option  available  in  ASC  842,  which  allowed  the  continued  application  of  the  legacy  guidance  in  ASC  840,

including disclosure requirements, in the comparative periods presented in the year of adoption.

We determine whether an agreement contains a lease at inception based on our right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use
of the identified asset and the right to direct the use of the identified asset.  Lease liabilities represent the present value of future lease payments and the
right-of-use (ROU) assets represent our right to use the underlying assets for the respective lease terms.

The operating lease liability is measured as the present value of the unpaid lease payments and the ROU asset is derived from the calculation of the
operating lease liability.  As our leases do not generally provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate to calculate the
present value of lease payments.  The incremental borrowing rate represents an estimate of the interest rate that would be required to borrow over a similar
term, on a collateralized basis in a similar economic environment.

Rent escalations occurring during the term of the leases are included in the calculation of the future minimum lease payments and the rent expense
related to these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  In addition to minimum lease payments, certain leases require payment of a
proportionate  share  of  real  estate  taxes  and  certain  building  operating  expenses  allocated  on  a  percentage  of  sales  in  excess  of  a  specified  base.   These
variable lease costs are not included in the measurement of the ROU asset or lease liability due to unpredictability of the payment amount and are recorded
as lease expense in the period incurred.  The ROU asset is adjusted to account for previously recorded lease-related expenses such as deferred rent and
other lease liabilities.

Our  lease  agreements  do  not  contain  residual  value  guarantees  or  significant  restrictions  or  covenants  other  than  those  customary  in  such

arrangements.

The components of lease cost are as follows (in thousands):

Operating lease cost
Variable lease cost
Finance lease cost:

Amortization of right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liabilities

Total lease cost

F-22

Year Ended
June 30,
2020

94,318 
24,014 

286 
29 
118,647

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents additional information related to the Company’s leases as of June 30, 2020:

As of June 30, 2020

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted average discount rate

Operating leases
Finance leases

Other information related to leases, including supplemental disclosures of cash flow information, is as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from finance leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows as of June 30, 2020 (in thousands):

Year Ended
June 30,
2020

$

Fiscal year:
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less:  Interest
Total lease liabilities
Less:  Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities

Operating
Leases

Finance
Leases

Total

$

$

$

$

89,598   
78,074   
68,032   
58,480   
50,217   
89,140   
433,541   
67,632   
365,909   
71,097   
294,812   

$

$

$

$

383   
236   
94   
10   
—   
—   
723   
34   
689   
363   
326   

$

$

$

$

5.9 
2.6 

5.8%
3.9%

90,983 
23 
224 
28,957

89,981 
78,310 
68,126 
58,490 
50,217 
89,140 
434,264 
67,666 
366,598 
71,460 
295,138

Current  and  non-current  finance  lease  liabilities  recorded  in  “Accrued  liabilities”  and  “Other  liabilities  –  non-current”,  respectively,  on  our
consolidated balance sheet.  As of June 30, 2020, there were no operating lease payments for legally binding minimum lease payments for leases signed by
not yet commenced.  

Rent expense for real estate leases for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $118.3 million, $121.5 million, and $118.3 million,
respectively.  Total  lease  cost  in  fiscal  2020  was  $118.6  million,  including  finance  lease  costs.    Rent  expense  includes  minimum  base  rent  as  well  as
contractually required payments for maintenance, insurance and taxes on our leased store locations and distribution centers.  Total lease costs of $118.6
million for fiscal 2020 excludes $51.6 million of impairment recorded for operating lease right-of-use assets and $25.1 million recorded for accelerated
recognition  of  rent  expense  due  to  planned  abandonments  due  to  our  permanent  store  and  Phoenix  distribution  center  closing  plans.    Additionally,
circumstances indicated the carrying amount of assets for stores with no closure plans may not be recoverable.  Accordingly, we measured for impairment
using Level 3 fair value measurement inputs as described above in Note 1.

Contingent rent based on sales is not material to our financial statements.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8) 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

We have a 401(k) profit sharing plan for the benefit of our full‑time employees who become eligible after one month of service, and for our part-
time  employees  who  become  eligible  after  both  12  months  of  service  and  a  minimum  of  1,000  hours  worked.  Under  the  plan,  eligible  employees  may
request  us  to  deduct  and  contribute  from  1%  to  75%  of  their  salary  to  the  plan,  subject  to  Internal  Revenue  Service  Regulations.  We  match  each
participant’s contribution up to 4% of participant’s compensation. We expensed contributions of $1.4 million, $1.4 million, and $1.3 million for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

(9) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Net loss
Less: Income to participating securities
Net loss attributable to common shares

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic
Effect of dilutive stock equivalents
Weighted average common shares outstanding—dilutive

Net loss per common share—basic
Net loss per common share—diluted

  $

  $

  $
  $

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2019

2020
(166,328)   $
—     
(166,328)   $

45,208     
—     
45,208     

(3.68)   $
(3.68)   $

(12,440)   $
—     
(12,440)   $

44,719     
—     
44,719     

(0.28)   $
(0.28)   $

2018

(21,938)
— 
(21,938)

44,282 
— 
44,282 

(0.50)
(0.50)

For the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, all options representing the rights to purchase shares were not included in the diluted loss per

share calculations, because the assumed exercise of such options would have been anti-dilutive.    

(10) QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

A summary of our unaudited quarterly results is presented below for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. Results are computed independently
for  each  of  the  quarters  presented.    Therefore,  the  sum  of  the  quarterly  amounts  presented  may  not  equal  the  total  computed  for  the  year  due  to
rounding.  (In thousands, except per share amounts.)

Net sales
Gross profit
Operating income/(loss)
Net income/(loss)
Basic income/(loss) per share
Diluted income/(loss) per share

Net sales
Gross profit
Operating income/(loss)
Net income/(loss)
Basic income/(loss) per share
Diluted income/(loss) per share

September 30.
2019

December 31,
2019

March 31,
2020

June 30,
2020

Quarters Ended

224,439    $
81,132   
(8,651)  
(9,629)  

(0.21)   $
(0.21)   $

324,414    $
105,776   
11,099   
10,937   

0.24    $
0.24    $

165,698    $
52,167   
(30,647)  
(31,040)  

(0.69)   $
(0.69)   $

160,343 
45,794 
(130,996)
(136,597)
(3.01)
(3.01)

September 30.
2018

  December 31,

2018

March 31,
2019

June 30,
2019

Quarters Ended

227,313    $
82,418   
(7,588)  
(8,109)  

(0.18)   $
(0.18)   $

338,418    $
116,745   
16,308   
16,006   

0.35    $
0.35    $

210,984    $
76,498   
(7,811)  
(8,289)  

(0.18)   $
(0.18)   $

230,530 
76,654 
(11,434)
(12,049)
(0.27)
(0.27)

  $

  $
  $

  $

  $
  $

A  significant  portion  of  our  net  sales  and  net  earnings  are  realized  during  the  period  from  October  through  December  while  the  increase  in
merchandise purchases in preparation for this holiday selling season occurs in prior months.  Our results for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2020
were negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See Note 1 for a discussion of restructuring, impairment, abandonment and reorganization items impacting the quarter ended June 30, 2020.

(11) DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS  

The DIP ABL Facility and the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement discussed in Note 3 restrict the ability of Tuesday Morning, Inc., the borrower
under the DIP ABL Facility and the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement and Tuesday Morning’s principal operating subsidiary, to incur additional liens
and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends (including to Tuesday Morning), or enter into certain other transactions, among other
restrictions. As a consolidated deficit exists as of June 30, 2020, no retained earnings are free of limitation on the payment of dividends on that date.

At June 30, 2020, restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries were $20.0 million.

Tuesday Morning Corporation (parent company only)
Condensed Balance Sheets

ASSETS
Current assets:

Accounts receivable from subsidiaries

Total current assets

Noncurrent assets:

Investment in subsidiaries
Total noncurrent assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable to subsidiaries

Total current liabilities
Noncurrent Liabilities
Total Liabilities

Stockholders' equity:
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Retained deficit
Less:  Treasury stock

Total stockholders' equity
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

F-25

June 30,
2020

June 30,
2019

  $

  $

  $

  $

32,514    $
32,514   

(25,579)  
(25,579)  

6,935    $

—    $
—   
—   
—   

455   
244,021   
(230,729)  
(6,812)  
6,935   
6,935    $

30,049 
30,049 

141,260 
141,260 
171,309 

— 
— 
— 
— 

465 
241,456 
(63,800)
(6,812)
171,309 
171,309

 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tuesday Morning Corporation (parent company only)
Condensed Statements of Operations

2020

Fiscal Years Ended June 30
2019

2018

  $

  $

—    $
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
(166,328)  
(166,328)   $

—    $
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
(12,440)  
(12,440)   $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(21,938)
(21,938)

Net sales
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Operating income/(loss)

Other income/(expense):
Interest expense
Other income/(expense), net
Income/(loss) before taxes

Income tax provision
Net loss of subsidiaries
Net loss

A.

Basis of presentation

In the condensed, parent company only financial statements, Tuesday Morning Corporation’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity
in  undistributed  earnings  of  subsidiaries  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  These  condensed  parent  company  only  financial  statements  should  be  read  in
conjunction  with  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  Condensed  statements  of  cash  flows  were  not  presented  because
Tuesday Morning Corporation had no cash flow activities during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, or fiscal 2018.

B.

Guarantees and Restrictions

As of June 30, 2020, Tuesday Morning, Inc. had $33.0 million available credit on the DIP ABL Facility that provides commitments of up to $100.0
million for revolving loans and letters of credit. Tuesday Morning Corporation, Tuesday Morning Inc. and the subsidiaries of Tuesday Morning, Inc. have
guaranteed  all  obligations  under  the  DIP  ABL  Facility.  In  the  event  of  default  under  the  DIP  ABL  Facility,  Tuesday  Morning  Corporation,  Tuesday
Morning,  Inc.  and  the  subsidiaries  of  Tuesday  Morning,  Inc.  will  be  directly  liable  to  the  debt  holders.  The  DIP  ABL  Credit  Agreement  includes
restrictions on the ability of Tuesday Morning Corporation, Tuesday Morning, Inc. and the subsidiaries of Tuesday Morning, Inc. to incur additional liens
and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends or make other transactions, among other restrictions. Under the DIP ABL Facility,
Tuesday Morning, Inc. may not pay any dividends to Tuesday Morning Corporation except to allow Tuesday Morning Corporation (i) to pay operating
expenses  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  other  corporate  overhead,  legal,  accounting  and  other  professional  fees  and  expenses  and  (ii)  to  pay
franchise or similar taxes and other fees and expenses required in connection with the maintenance of its existence and its ownership of Tuesday Morning,
Inc. and in order to permit Tuesday Morning Corporation to make payments (other than cash interest payments) which would otherwise be permitted to be
paid by Tuesday Morning, Inc., in each case, in accordance with the approved budget under the DIP ABL Facility.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12) SUBSEQUENT EVENT  

On July 10, 2020, in accordance with a final order issued by the Bankruptcy Court on that date (the “Final Order”), we entered into the DIP DDTL
Agreement. Pursuant to the DIP DDTL Agreement, the Lender agreed to lend us up to an aggregate principal amount of $25 million in the form of delayed
draw term loans. The DIP Term Facility is guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries and secured on a super priority basis by real estate assets owned by us
(the “Real Estate Assets”), including our corporate headquarters and warehouse/distribution complex located in Dallas, Texas. The DIP Term Facility will
mature  on  April  10,  2021,  which  maturity  (unless  accelerated  subject  to  the  terms  set  forth  in  the  DIP  DDTL  Agreement)  may  be  extended,  subject  to
payment of an extension fee to the Lender, for an additional three months at our election. The DIP Term Facility will bear interest at a rate per annum based
on 3-month LIBOR (with a 1.00% LIBOR floor), plus an interest rate margin of 5.0% (subject to further increase of 2.0% upon the occurrence of an event
of default).

Under the terms of the DIP DDTL Agreement, so long as the Final Order is unstayed and is in full force and effect, we will be entitled to make
borrowings  under  the  DIP  Term  Facility  in  minimum  increments  of  $2.5  million  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  certain  additional  conditions,  including
absence of defaults under the DIP Term Facility, delivery of notices of borrowing and the accuracy of the representations and warranties of us in the DIP
DDTL Agreement.

Pursuant to the DIP DDTL Agreement, proceeds of borrowings under the DIP Term Facility must be used by us to: (1) repay obligations of us under
(a) the DIP ABL Credit Agreement, and (b) the Pre-Petition ABL Credit Agreement; (2) fund general working capital; and (3) fund reasonable transaction
costs and fees with respect to the DIP Term Facility, to the extent permitted by the applicable orders of the Bankruptcy Court and the DIP ABL Credit
Agreement.

The  DIP  Term  Facility  includes  conditions  precedent,  representations  and  warranties,  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  and  events  of  default
customary for financings of this type and size. We will be obligated to prepay amounts outstanding under the DIP Term Facility upon certain asset sales and
casualty or condemnation events with respect to the Real Estate Assets.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries of Tuesday Morning Corporation

Exhibit 21.1

TMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Tuesday Morning, Inc., a Texas corporation

Friday Morning, LLC, a Texas limited liability company

Days of the Week, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Nights of the Week, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Tuesday Morning Partners, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-84496) of Tuesday Morning Corporation,

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-108275) of Tuesday Morning Corporation,  

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-147103) of Tuesday Morning Corporation,

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-214880) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan,

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-200779) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan,

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-185314) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan,

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-159035) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan,

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-79441) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-90315) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 1997 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan,

(10)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-117880) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 2004 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan,
and

(11)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-145811) pertaining to the Tuesday Morning Corporation 1997 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan;

of our reports dated September 14, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Tuesday Morning Corporation and the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting of Tuesday Morning Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended June 30, 2020.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas
September 14, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

I, Steven R. Becker, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Tuesday Morning Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and
15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: September 14, 2020

By:   /s/ STEVEN R. BECKER
  Steven R. Becker
  Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Stacie R. Shirley, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Tuesday Morning Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and
15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: September 14, 2020

By:   /s/ STACIE R. SHIRLEY
  Stacie R. Shirley
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF
TUESDAY MORNING CORPORATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. §1350

I, Steven R. Becker, the Chief Executive Officer of Tuesday Morning Corporation, hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief:

1.

2.

The Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Tuesday Morning Corporation for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 fully complies with the
requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the above‑mentioned report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of Tuesday Morning Corporation.

Exhibit 32.1

Date: September 14, 2020

By:   /s/ STEVEN R. BECKER

Steven R. Becker

  Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF
TUESDAY MORNING CORPORATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. §1350

Exhibit 32.2

I, Stacie R Shirley, the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Tuesday Morning Corporation, hereby certify that to the

best of my knowledge and belief:

1.

2.

The Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Tuesday Morning Corporation for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 fully complies with the
requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the above‑mentioned report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of Tuesday Morning Corporation.

Date: September 14, 2020

By:   /s/ STACIE R. SHIRLEY

Stacie R. Shirley

  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer